WO2020031830A1 - Resin and pressure-sensitive adhesive composition - Google Patents

Resin and pressure-sensitive adhesive composition Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020031830A1
WO2020031830A1 PCT/JP2019/030177 JP2019030177W WO2020031830A1 WO 2020031830 A1 WO2020031830 A1 WO 2020031830A1 JP 2019030177 W JP2019030177 W JP 2019030177W WO 2020031830 A1 WO2020031830 A1 WO 2020031830A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
carbon atoms
resin
formula
hydrocarbon group
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/030177
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
悠司 淺津
昭一 小澤
国見 信孝
Original Assignee
住友化学株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 住友化学株式会社 filed Critical 住友化学株式会社
Priority to CN201980052569.3A priority Critical patent/CN112566949B/en
Priority to KR1020217004157A priority patent/KR20210041568A/en
Publication of WO2020031830A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020031830A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F226/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a single or double bond to nitrogen or by a heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen
    • C08F226/06Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a single or double bond to nitrogen or by a heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen by a heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/06Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/023Optical properties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D209/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D209/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings, condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom condensed with one carbocyclic ring
    • C07D209/04Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles
    • C07D209/10Indoles; Hydrogenated indoles with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C07D209/18Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F12/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
    • C08F12/02Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F20/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride, ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F20/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms, Derivatives thereof
    • C08F20/10Esters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F20/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride, ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F20/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms, Derivatives thereof
    • C08F20/10Esters
    • C08F20/34Esters containing nitrogen, e.g. N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F212/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
    • C08F212/02Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
    • C08F212/04Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring
    • C08F212/06Hydrocarbons
    • C08F212/08Styrene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/12Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols
    • C08F220/16Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols of phenols or of alcohols containing two or more carbon atoms
    • C08F220/18Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols of phenols or of alcohols containing two or more carbon atoms with acrylic or methacrylic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/34Esters containing nitrogen, e.g. N,N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • C08L101/02Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by the presence of specified groups, e.g. terminal or pendant functional groups
    • C08L101/04Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by the presence of specified groups, e.g. terminal or pendant functional groups containing halogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B23/00Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes
    • C09B23/02Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes the polymethine chain containing an odd number of >CH- or >C[alkyl]- groups
    • C09B23/04Methine or polymethine dyes, e.g. cyanine dyes the polymethine chain containing an odd number of >CH- or >C[alkyl]- groups one >CH- group, e.g. cyanines, isocyanines, pseudocyanines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J139/00Adhesives based on homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a single or double bond to nitrogen or by a heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen; Adhesives based on derivatives of such polymers
    • C09J139/04Homopolymers or copolymers of monomers containing heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as ring member
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • C09J201/02Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by the presence of specified groups, e.g. terminal or pendant functional groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • C09J201/02Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by the presence of specified groups, e.g. terminal or pendant functional groups
    • C09J201/04Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds characterised by the presence of specified groups, e.g. terminal or pendant functional groups containing halogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/30Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by the adhesive composition
    • C09J7/38Pressure-sensitive adhesives [PSA]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/02Details
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an optical laminate in which a resin, a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition are laminated.
  • Various members such as organic EL elements, display elements such as liquid crystal cells, and optical films such as polarizing plates, etc., are used in display devices (FPDs: flat panel displays) such as organic electroluminescence displays (organic EL display devices) and liquid crystal display devices. Used.
  • the organic EL light emitting element, the liquid crystal compound, and the like are organic substances, and thus are liable to be deteriorated by ultraviolet rays (UV).
  • UV ultraviolet rays
  • a liquid crystal phase difference film and an organic EL light-emitting element obtained by aligning and photo-curing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound tend to deteriorate not only by ultraviolet rays but also by short-wavelength visible light. Have been.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses an adhesive formed from an adhesive composition containing a copolymer composed of n-butyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate and N, N-dimethylacrylamide, and an indole ultraviolet absorber. A polarizing plate with an agent layer is described.
  • Patent Document 1 when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing an ultraviolet absorber described in Patent Document 1 is used as an optical laminate, it is possible to suppress deterioration due to ultraviolet light or short-wave visible light, but it is difficult to prevent the ultraviolet absorber from being applied to another layer. It has been found that migration creates another problem of impairing optical properties. Above all, it was found that in the laminate with the liquid crystal phase difference film, the deterioration of the optical characteristics (change in the phase difference value) due to the transfer of the ultraviolet absorber to another layer became remarkable.
  • the present invention includes the following inventions.
  • ⁇ (405) represents a gram extinction coefficient of the resin (A) at a wavelength of 405 nm.
  • the unit of the gram extinction coefficient is L / (g ⁇ cm).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, A carboxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; —CH 2 — contained in the hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —NR 1A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S—, or —CF 2 —. Good.
  • R 1A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • E 1 represents an electron-withdrawing group.
  • Z represents a linking group.
  • A represents a polymerizable group.
  • R 12 and R 17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, or an optionally substituted carbon atom.
  • R 11 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a group containing a polymerizable group, Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; Alternatively, —CH 2 — included in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —NR 12A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S—, or —CF 2 —.
  • R 11 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • R 11A and R 12A each independently represent an elementary atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • E 11 represents an electron-withdrawing group.
  • the resin according to [9], wherein the compound represented by the formula (I) is a compound represented by the formula (III).
  • [R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and E 1 represent the same meaning as described above.
  • R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a phenyl group.
  • Z 1 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, —OR 2A — * 1, —SR 2B — * 1, or —NR 1D Represents -R 2C- * 1.
  • R 1B , R 1C, R 1D , R 1E and R 1F each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 2A , R 2B , R 2C , R 2D , R 2E and R 2F each independently represent a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • * 1 represents a binding position to Z 2.
  • * 2 represents a bond to Z 1.
  • Group A a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylate, a structural unit derived from a styrene-based monomer, a structural unit derived from a vinyl-based monomer, a structural unit derived from an epoxy compound, and a compound represented by the formula (a)
  • the structural unit represented by the structural unit represented by the formula (b) and the structural unit represented by the formula (c) [In the formula, R a1 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group.
  • R b1 and R b2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • R c1 and R c2 each independently represent a divalent hydrocarbon group.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, A carboxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; —CH 2 — contained in the hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —NR 1A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S—, or —CF 2 —. Good.
  • R 1A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • E 1 represents an electron-withdrawing group.
  • Z represents a linking group.
  • A represents a polymerizable group.
  • R 12 and R 17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, or a carbon which may have a substituent.
  • R 11 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a group containing a polymerizable group, Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; Alternatively, —CH 2 — included in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —NR 12A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S—, or —CF 2 —.
  • R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • R 11A and R 12A each independently represent an elementary atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • E 11 represents an electron-withdrawing group.
  • R 2 is a phenyl group.
  • R24 The compound according to [22], wherein the compound represented by the formula (I) is a compound represented by the formula (III).
  • [R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and E 1 represent the same meaning as described above.
  • R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a phenyl group.
  • Z 1 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, —OR 2A — * 1, —SR 2B — * 1, or —NR 1D Represents -R 2C- * 1.
  • R 1B , R 1C, R 1D , R 1E and R 1F each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 2A , R 2B , R 2C , R 2D , R 2E and R 2F each independently represent a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • * 1 represents a binding position to Z 2.
  • * 2 represents a bond to Z 1.
  • [25] The compound according to any one of [22] to [24], wherein E 1 is a cyano group.
  • the present invention provides a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer capable of suppressing deterioration of an organic EL light-emitting device and a liquid crystal phase difference film, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Further, there is provided a resin capable of forming a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition capable of favorably suppressing deterioration of an organic EL light emitting element and a retardation film.
  • 1 shows an example of a layer configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention.
  • 1 shows an example of a layer configuration of the optical laminate of the present invention.
  • 1 shows an example of a layer configuration of the optical laminate of the present invention.
  • 1 shows an example of a layer configuration of the optical laminate of the present invention.
  • 1 shows an example of a layer configuration of the optical laminate of the present invention.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present invention contains a resin (A) containing a structural unit having an indole structure.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present invention may further contain a crosslinking agent (B), a silane compound (D), an antistatic agent and the like.
  • the resin (A) of the present invention is a resin containing a structural unit having an indole structure, and is preferably a resin containing a structural unit derived from a light selective absorption compound having an indole structure.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the resin (A) is preferably 40 ° C. or lower, more preferably 20 ° C. or lower, further preferably 10 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 0 ° C. or lower. preferable. Further, the glass transition temperature of the resin (A) is usually -80 ° C or higher, preferably -60 ° C or higher, more preferably -50 ° C or higher. When the glass transition temperature of the resin (A) is 40 ° C. or lower, it is advantageous for improving the adhesion of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin (A) to an adherend.
  • the glass transition temperature of the resin (A) is -80 ° C or more, it is advantageous for improving the durability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin (A).
  • the glass transition temperature can be measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC).
  • the resin (A) is preferably a resin satisfying the following formula (1).
  • ⁇ (405) ⁇ 0.02 (1)
  • ⁇ (405) represents the gram extinction coefficient of the resin at a wavelength of 405 nm.
  • the unit of the gram extinction coefficient is L / (g ⁇ cm).
  • the gram absorbance coefficient of the resin (A) can be measured by the method described in Examples.
  • the value of ⁇ (405) is preferably 0.02 L / (g ⁇ cm) or more, more preferably 0.1 L / (g ⁇ cm) or more, and 0.2 L / (g ⁇ cm) or more. Is still more preferable, and is usually 10 L / (g ⁇ cm) or less.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin (A) When the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin (A) is applied to a display device such as an organic EL display device or a liquid crystal display device, when the ⁇ (405) of the resin (A) is 0.02 L / (g ⁇ cm) or more, In some cases, since the absorption performance of visible light near 400 nm is good, the deterioration of the retardation film or the organic EL light-emitting element used in a display device such as an organic EL display device or a liquid crystal display device due to visible light is suppressed. Can be.
  • the resin (A) is preferably a resin satisfying the following formula (2).
  • ⁇ (405) represents the gram extinction coefficient of the resin at a wavelength of 405 nm
  • ⁇ (440) represents the gram extinction coefficient of the resin at a wavelength of 440 nm.
  • the value of ⁇ (405) / ⁇ (440) is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and even more preferably 30 or more.
  • ⁇ (405) / ⁇ (440) of the resin (A) is 5 or more, when the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin (A) is applied to a display device such as an organic EL display device or a liquid crystal display device.
  • a display device such as an organic EL display device or a liquid crystal display device.
  • light near 400 nm can be absorbed and light deterioration of the retardation film can be suppressed without hindering the color expression of the display device.
  • the resin (A) may contain a structural unit having an indole structure in the main chain, or may contain a structural unit having an indole structure in a side chain.
  • the resin (A) preferably contains a structural unit having an indole structure in a side chain.
  • the structural unit having an indole structure in the side chain is not particularly limited, but is preferably a structural unit derived from a compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure.
  • the structural unit derived from a compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure is preferably a structural unit derived from a light selective absorption compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure.
  • the light selective absorption compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure preferably satisfies the following formula (1-a), and more preferably satisfies the following formula (2-a).
  • ⁇ (405) ⁇ 5 (1-a) [In the formula (1-a), ⁇ (405) represents a gram extinction coefficient of a compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure at a wavelength of 405 nm. The unit of the gram extinction coefficient is L / (g ⁇ cm).
  • ⁇ (405) represents a gram extinction coefficient of a compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure at a wavelength of 405 nm
  • ⁇ (440) represents a polymerizable group and an indole structure at a wavelength of 440 nm. It represents the gram extinction coefficient of the compound having.
  • the compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure has a value of ⁇ (405) of preferably 5 L / (g ⁇ cm) or more, more preferably 10 L / (g ⁇ cm) or more, and more preferably 20 L / (g ⁇ cm). (G ⁇ cm) or more, more preferably 30 L / (g ⁇ cm) or more, and usually 500 L / (g ⁇ cm) or less.
  • a compound having a larger value of ⁇ (405) is more likely to absorb light having a wavelength of 405 nm, and is more likely to exhibit a function of suppressing deterioration caused by ultraviolet light or visible light having a short wavelength.
  • the compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure preferably has a value of ⁇ (405) / ⁇ (440) of 10 or more, more preferably 15 or more.
  • a compound having a larger value of ⁇ (405) / ⁇ (440) absorbs light near 405 nm and suppresses light deterioration of a display device such as a retardation film or an organic EL element without hindering color expression of the display device. can do.
  • the structural unit having an indole structure in the side chain is preferably a structural unit derived from the compound represented by the formula (I) or a structural unit derived from the compound represented by the formula (II). More preferably, it is a structural unit derived from the compound represented by the formula: [In the formula (I), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, A carboxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; —CH 2 — contained in the hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —NR 1A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S—, or —CF 2 —.
  • R 1A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • E 1 represents an electron-withdrawing group.
  • Z represents a linking group.
  • A represents a polymerizable group.
  • R 12 and R 17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, or an optionally substituted carbon atom.
  • R 11 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a group containing a polymerizable group, Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; Alternatively, —CH 2 — included in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —NR 12A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S—, or —CF 2 —.
  • R 11 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
  • R 11A and R 12A each independently represent an elementary atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • E 11 represents an electron-withdrawing group.
  • Examples of the electron withdrawing group represented by E 1 and E 11 include a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom, and a group represented by the formula (I-1).
  • R 111 represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, and at least one of the methylene groups contained in the alkyl group may be substituted with an oxygen atom.
  • X 1 is, -CO- * 3, -COO- * 3 , -CS- * 3, -CSS- * 3, -CSNR 112 - * 3, -CONR 113 - * 3, -CNR 114 - * 3 or - Represents SO 2- * 3.
  • R 112 , R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a phenyl group.
  • * 3 represents a bond to R 111.
  • halogen atom examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom examples include a monofluoromethyl group, a monofluoroethyl group, a monochloromethyl group, a monochloroethyl group, a monobromomethyl group, a monobromoethyl group, a monoiodomethyl group, and a monoiodoethyl group.
  • the carbon number of the alkyl group substituted by a halogen atom is usually 1 to 25.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 111 include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, tert-butyl group, sec-butyl group, and n-pentyl.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 112 , R 113 and R 114 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a sec-butyl group. And the like.
  • the linking group represented by Z is not particularly limited as long as it is a divalent linking group.
  • the polymerizable group represented by A is not particularly limited.
  • it may be a cationic polymerizable group, an anionic polymerizable group, or a radical polymerizable group.
  • alkynyl groups such as ethynyl group; epoxy group; oxetanyl group; vinyl ether group; acrylonitrile group; methacrylonitrile group; vinyl group, ⁇ -methylvinyl group, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, allyl group, styryl group.
  • ethylenically unsaturated groups such as acrylamide group and methacrylamide group.
  • Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 1 to R 6 and R 11 to R 17 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • Examples of the heterocyclic groups represented by R 1 to R 6 and R 11 to R 17 include groups obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a heterocyclic ring.
  • heterocyclic groups may have a structure in which an unsaturated bond is hydrogenated, a structure in which a cyclic skeleton is condensed (for example, a benzimidal ring or a benzimidazole ring), and a hydrogen atom in the heterocycle is further heterocyclic. It may be substituted with a group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group or the like.
  • Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 1 to R 6 and R 11 to R 17 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, and a tert- group.
  • Examples of the substituent which the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 1 to R 6 and R 11 to R 17 may have include a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group and a cyano group. , A hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an acetamido group, an amino group, and an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • As the heterocyclic group those similar to the heterocyclic group represented by R 1 can be mentioned.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 1 to R 6 and R 11 to R 17 includes 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, a biphenyl group and a methylphenyl group. And an aryl group having 18; an aralkyl group having 7 to 18 carbon atoms such as a benzyl group, a phenylethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, and a phenoxy group.
  • -CH 2- contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 1 to R 6 and R 11 to R 17 is -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -S-
  • examples of the group replaced with —CF 2 — include an aroxy group such as a phenoxy group and a naphthyloxy group.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 1 to R 6 and R 11 to R 17 is an aralkyl group having 7 to 18 carbon atoms or 6 to 18 carbon atoms. And more preferably a benzyl group or an aryloxy group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the substituent which the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 1 to R 6 and R 11 to R 17 may have include a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group and a cyano group. , A hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an acetamido group, an amino group, and an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • As the heterocyclic group those similar to the heterocyclic group represented by R 1 can be mentioned.
  • the group containing a polymerizable group represented by R 11 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 is not particularly limited as long as it is a group having a polymerizable group at a terminal, and specifically, a compound represented by the formula ( And groups represented by I-2).
  • X 2 represents a polymerizable group.
  • R 115 represents an alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — contained in the alkanediyl group may be replaced by —O—, —CO—, —CS— or —NR 116 —.
  • R 116 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. * Represents a bond to a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • Examples of the polymerizable group represented by X 2 include the same as the polymerizable group represented by A, and preferably include a vinyl group, an ⁇ -methylvinyl group, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, an allyl group, and styryl. And ethylenically unsaturated groups such as a acrylamide group and a methacrylamide group.
  • the alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by R 115 includes a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propane-1,3-diyl group, a butane-1,4-diyl group, a pentane-1,5-diyl group And hexane-1,6-diyl, ethane-1,1-diyl, propane-1,2-diyl, butane-1,3-diyl, 2-methylpropane-1,3-diyl, 2 -Methylpropane-1,2-diyl group, pentane-1,4-diyl group and 2-methylbutane-1,4-diyl group.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 116 include the same as the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 112 .
  • At least one of R 11 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 represents a group containing a polymerizable group. At least one of R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 is preferably a group containing a polymerizable group, and any one of R 13 , R 14 , R 15 or R 16 is a group containing a polymerizable group. Is more preferable.
  • R 2 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic group, and is an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Is more preferable.
  • the polymerizable group represented by A is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • E 1 and E 11 are each independently a cyano group.
  • the compound represented by the formula (I) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (III).
  • R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and E 1 represent the same meaning as described above.
  • R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a phenyl group.
  • Z 1 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, —OR 2A — * 1, —SR 2B — * 1, or —NR 1D Represents -R 2C- * 1.
  • R 1B , R 1C, R 1D , R 1E and R 1F each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 2A , R 2B , R 2C , R 2D , R 2E and R 2F each independently represent a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • * 1 represents a binding position to Z 2.
  • * 2 represents a bond to Z 1.
  • alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Z 1 the same alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by R 115 can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by Z 1 include a phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 1B , R 1C, R 1D , R 1E and R 1F include the same alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 112 .
  • Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 2A , R 2B , R 2C , R 2D , R 2E and R 2F include a methylene group, an ethylene group and a propane-1,3-diyl group.
  • Butane-1,4-diyl pentane-1,5-diyl, hexane-1,6-diyl, ethane-1,1-diyl, propane-1,2-diyl, butane-1, 3-diyl group, 2-methylpropane-1,3-diyl group, 2-methylpropane-1,2-diyl group, pentane-1,4-diyl group and 2-methylbutane-1,4-diyl group
  • Z 1 is preferably —OR 2A — * 1 (more preferably, R 2A is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, further preferably alkanediyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms).
  • Z 2 is preferably * 2-O-CO-, * 2-O-SO 2- , * 2-NR 1C -CO- (more preferably, R 1C is a hydrogen atom).
  • the compound represented by the formula (II) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (IV).
  • R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 and E 11 represent the same meaning as described above. However, at least one of R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 represents a group containing a polymerizable group. ]
  • Examples of the compound represented by the formula (I) include the compounds described below.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the formula (II) include the compounds described below.
  • the compound represented by the formula (I) wherein A is an ethylenically unsaturated group can be obtained, for example, by reacting a compound represented by the formula (Ia) with a compound represented by the formula (c1). it can.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and E 1 represent the same meaning as described above.
  • Z 3 in the formula (c) represents a divalent linking group
  • a 1 represents an ethylenic polymerizable group.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the formula (c1) is preferably 0.5 to 5 mol based on 1 mol of the compound represented by the formula (Ia).
  • the reaction between the compound represented by the formula (Ia) and the compound represented by the formula (c1) can use a known esterification reaction, but is preferably performed in the presence of a base and a carbodiimide condensing agent.
  • the base include triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, proline, N, N-dimethylaminopyridine, and the like.
  • Examples of the carbodiimide condensing agent include N, N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, N, N-diisopropylcarbodiimide, 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride, and the like.
  • the amount of the base to be used is preferably 0.001 to 0.5 mol per 1 mol of the compound represented by the formula (Ia).
  • the amount of the carbodiimide condensing agent to be used is preferably 0.5 to 5 mol per 1 mol of the compound represented by the formula (Ia).
  • the reaction between the compound represented by the formula (Ia) and the compound represented by the formula (c1) is preferably performed in an organic solvent.
  • Examples of the organic solvent include toluene, acetonitrile, dichloromethane, trichloromethane and the like.
  • a polymerization inhibitor may be added to inhibit the reaction between ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in the compound represented by the formula (c1).
  • the polymerization inhibitor include 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylphenol (BHT), 4-methoxyphenol and the like.
  • the reaction between the compound represented by the formula (Ia) and the compound represented by the formula (c1) is carried out by mixing the compound represented by the formula (Ia) and the compound represented by the formula (c1). .
  • the reaction temperature of the compound represented by the formula (Ia) with the compound represented by the formula (c1) is preferably -20 to 120 ° C., and the reaction time is usually preferably 1 to 50 hours.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the formula (Ia) include the compounds described below.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the formula (c1) include 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate and the like.
  • the compound represented by the formula (Ia) can be obtained by reacting a compound represented by the formula (Ib) with a compound represented by the formula (c2).
  • a compound represented by the formula (c2) wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and E 1 represent the same meaning as described above.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the formula (c2) is preferably 0.5 to 5 mol based on 1 mol of the compound represented by the formula (Ib).
  • the reaction between the compound represented by the formula (Ib) and the compound represented by the formula (c2) is preferably performed in the presence of a base.
  • the base include pyridine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine and the like.
  • the amount of the base to be used is preferably 0.5 to 5 mol per 1 mol of the compound represented by the formula (Ib).
  • the reaction between the compound represented by the formula (Ib) and the compound represented by the formula (c2) is preferably performed in an organic solvent.
  • the organic solvent examples include acetonitrile, isopropanol, toluene, trichloromethane, dichloromethane and the like.
  • the reaction between the compound represented by the formula (Ib) and the compound represented by the formula (c2) is carried out by mixing the compound represented by the formula (Ia) and the compound represented by the formula (c1). .
  • the reaction temperature between the compound represented by the formula (Ia) and the compound represented by the formula (c1) is preferably 0 to 120 ° C., and the reaction time is usually preferably 1 to 50 hours.
  • the resin (A) may be a homopolymer of a structural unit having an indole structure, or a copolymer containing a structural unit having an indole structure and another structural unit.
  • the resin (A) is preferably a copolymer.
  • Examples of the structural unit that the resin (A) may include in addition to the structural unit having an indole structure include the structural units described in Group A below.
  • Group A a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylate, a structural unit derived from a styrene-based monomer, a structural unit derived from a vinyl-based monomer, a structural unit derived from an epoxy compound, and a compound represented by the formula (a)
  • the structural unit represented by the structural unit represented by the formula (b) and the structural unit represented by the formula (c) [In the formula, R a1 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group.
  • R b1 and R b2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • R c1 and R c2 each independently represent a divalent hydrocarbon group.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylate include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, n-pentyl (meth) acrylate, N-hexyl (meth) acrylate, n-heptyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, n-decyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid linear alkyl esters of (meth) acrylic acid such as n-dodecyl, lauryl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate; I-propyl (meth) acrylate, i-butyl (meth) acrylate, t-butyl (meth) acrylate, i-pentyl
  • a substituent-containing (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in which a substituent is introduced into the alkyl group in the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester can also be mentioned.
  • the substituent of the substituent-containing alkyl (meth) acrylate is a group that substitutes a hydrogen atom of the alkyl group, and specific examples thereof include a phenyl group, an alkoxy group, and a phenoxy group.
  • substituent-containing alkyl (meth) acrylate examples include 2-methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, and 2- (meth) acrylate. (2-phenoxyethoxy) ethyl, phenoxydiethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, phenoxy poly (meth) acrylate (ethylene glycol) and the like.
  • the resin (A) of the present invention includes, among the alkyl (meth) acrylates, a homopolymer having a glass transition temperature Tg of less than 0 ° C., a structural unit derived from the alkyl (meth) acrylate (a1), and a homopolymer. It preferably contains a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth) acrylate (a2) having a Tg of 0 ° C. or higher. This is advantageous in increasing the high-temperature durability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • Tg of the homopolymer of the alkyl (meth) acrylate literature values such as POLYMER @ HANDBOOK (Wiley-Interscience) can be adopted.
  • alkyl (meth) acrylate (a1) examples include ethyl acrylate, n- and i-propyl acrylate, n- and i-butyl acrylate, n-pentyl acrylate, and n- and i-acrylate. Hexyl, n-heptyl acrylate, n- and i-octyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, n- and i-nonyl acrylate, n- and i-decyl acrylate, n-dodecyl acrylate, etc. (Meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters having about 2 to 12 carbon atoms in the alkyl group.
  • alkyl (meth) acrylate (a1) one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. Among them, n-butyl acrylate, n-octyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and the like are preferable from the viewpoint of followability and reworkability when laminated on an optical film.
  • the alkyl (meth) acrylate (a2) is an alkyl (meth) acrylate other than the alkyl (meth) acrylate (a1).
  • Specific examples of the alkyl (meth) acrylate (a2) include methyl acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, isobornyl acrylate, stearyl acrylate, t-butyl acrylate, and the like.
  • the alkyl (meth) acrylate (a2) one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. Among them, from the viewpoint of high-temperature durability, the alkyl (meth) acrylate (a2) preferably contains methyl acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, isobornyl acrylate, and the like, and more preferably contains methyl acrylate.
  • Examples of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylate include a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylate having a polar functional group.
  • the (meth) acrylate monomer having a polar functional group 1-hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 1-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 1-hydroxyheptyl (meth) acrylate, 1-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 1-hydroxypentyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypentyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyhexyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypentyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxyhexyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxyheptyl (
  • styrene monomer examples include styrene; alkylstyrene such as methylstyrene, dimethylstyrene, trimethylstyrene, ethylstyrene, diethylstyrene, triethylstyrene, propylstyrene, butylstyrene, hexylstyrene, heptylstyrene, and octylstyrene; fluorostyrene; Halogenated styrenes such as chlorostyrene, bromostyrene, dibromostyrene and iodostyrene; nitrostyrene; acetylstyrene; methoxystyrene; and divinylbenzene.
  • alkylstyrene such as methylstyrene, dimethylstyrene, trimethylstyrene,
  • Vinyl monomers include fatty acid vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butyrate, vinyl 2-ethylhexanoate, and vinyl laurate; vinyl halides such as vinyl chloride and vinyl bromide; vinylidene chloride and the like. Examples include vinylidene halides; nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic vinyls such as vinylpyridine, vinylpyrrolidone and vinylcarbazole; conjugated dienes such as butadiene, isoprene and chloroprene; and unsaturated nitriles such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile.
  • fatty acid vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butyrate, vinyl 2-ethylhexanoate, and vinyl laurate
  • vinyl halides such as vinyl chloride and vinyl bromide
  • vinylidene chloride and the like examples include vinylidene halides; nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic vinyls such as vinylpyridine, vinylpyrrolidon
  • An epoxy compound is a compound having an epoxy group in a molecule.
  • the epoxy group may be an epoxy group bonded to an alicyclic ring such as an epoxycyclopentane structure and an epoxycyclohexane structure.
  • Examples of the epoxy compound include 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl 3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, 3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl 3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexanecarboxylate, ethylenebis (3, 4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate), bis (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl) adipate, bis (3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl) adipate, diethylene glycol bis (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ether), ethylene Glycol bis (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl methyl ether), 2,3,14,15-diepoxy-7,
  • the compound that leads to the structural unit represented by the formula (a) can be synthesized, for example, by reacting a diisocyanate compound with a polyol.
  • the compound leading to the structural unit represented by the formula (b) can be synthesized, for example, by reacting a halogenated silane or a silane having a hydroxy group.
  • the compound that leads to the structural unit represented by the formula (c) can be synthesized, for example, by reacting a polycarboxylic acid with a polyol.
  • ⁇ Structural units selected from the structural units described in Group A are preferably structural units derived from (meth) acrylates.
  • the structural units derived from the (meth) acrylic acid ester are preferably an alkyl (meth) acrylate and an alkyl (meth) acrylate having a hydroxy group.
  • the resin (A) of the present invention may further contain another structural unit (sometimes referred to as a structural unit (aa)).
  • a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylamide-based monomer a structural unit derived from a monomer having a carboxy group, a structural unit derived from a monomer having a heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted Examples include a structural unit derived from a monomer having an amino group.
  • (Meth) acrylamide monomers include N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, N- (2-hydroxyethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (3-hydroxypropyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (4- (Hydroxybutyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (5-hydroxypentyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (6-hydroxyhexyl) (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-diethyl ( (Meth) acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, N- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (1,1-dimethyl-3-oxobutyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- [2- ( 2-oxo-1-imidazolidinyl) ethyl] (meth) acrylamide 2-acryloylamino-2-methyl-1
  • N- (methoxymethyl) acrylamide N- (ethoxymethyl) acrylamide, N- (propoxymethyl) acrylamide, N- (butoxymethyl) acrylamide and N- (2-methylpropoxymethyl) acrylamide are preferred.
  • Examples of the monomer having a carboxy group include (meth) acrylic acid, carboxyalkyl (meth) acrylate (for example, carboxyethyl (meth) acrylate, carboxypentyl (meth) acrylate), maleic acid, maleic anhydride, fumaric acid, Crotonic acid and the like are preferable, and acrylic acid is preferable.
  • Examples of the monomer having a heterocyclic group include acryloylmorpholine, vinylcaprolactam, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, vinylpyridine, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, caprolactone-modified tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, and 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (Meth) acrylate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 2,5-dihydrofuran and the like.
  • Examples of the monomer having a substituted or unsubstituted amino group include aminoethyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
  • the structural unit (aa) other than the structural unit having an indole structure and the structural unit selected from Group A is preferably a monomer having a carboxy group.
  • the content of the structural unit having an indole structure is preferably from 0.01 to 50 parts by mass, and more preferably from 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of all the structural units contained in the resin (A). More preferably, it is more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by mass.
  • the content of at least one structural unit selected from the structural units described in Group A is preferably 50 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 55 to 99.99 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of all the structural units of the resin (A). It is more preferable that the amount be from 50 to 85 parts by mass.
  • the resin (A) contains the structural unit (aa), it is preferably 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.5 part by mass or more and 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of all the structural units of the resin (A).
  • the content is more preferably from 0.5 to 10 parts by mass, particularly preferably from 1 to 7 parts by mass.
  • the content of the structural unit is preferably based on 100 parts by mass of all the structural units of the resin (A). Is 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more and 15 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less, particularly preferably 1 part by mass or more and 7 parts by mass or less. From the viewpoint of preventing an increase in the peeling force of the separate film that can be laminated on the outer surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, it is preferable that the film does not substantially include a monomer having an amino group.
  • the term "substantially free of a monomer having an amino group” means that the content of the structural unit derived from the monomer having an amino group is 0.1% in 100 parts by mass of all the constituent units constituting the resin (A). It means that it is 1 part by mass or less.
  • the resin (A) is a monomer having a carboxy group or a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth) acrylate having a hydroxy group. It preferably contains a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth) acrylate having a hydroxy group and more preferably contains a structural unit derived from a monomer having a carboxy group.
  • the alkyl (meth) acrylate having a hydroxy group 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 5-hydroxypentyl acrylate, and 6-hydroxyhexyl acrylate are preferable. .
  • good durability can be obtained by using 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate and 5-hydroxypentyl acrylate.
  • Acrylic acid is preferably used as the monomer having a carboxy group.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (A) of the present invention is preferably 300,000 to 2,500,000, more preferably 500,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight is 300,000 or more, the durability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in a high-temperature environment is improved, and problems such as floating between the adherend and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and cohesive failure of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are reduced. Easy to control.
  • the weight average molecular weight is 2.5 million or less, it is advantageous from the viewpoint of coatability when the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is processed into a sheet shape (coated on a substrate).
  • the weight average molecular weight is preferably from 600,000 to 1,800,000, more preferably from 700,000 to 1,700,000, further preferably from 100,000 to 1,700,000, from the viewpoint of compatibility between the durability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the coating property of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. 10,000 to 1.6 million.
  • the molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn) represented by the ratio of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) is usually 2 to 10, preferably 3 to 8.
  • the weight average molecular weight can be analyzed by gel permeation chromatography and is a value in terms of standard polystyrene.
  • the viscosity at 25 ° C. is preferably 20 Pa ⁇ s or less, and is 0.1 to 15 Pa ⁇ s. Is more preferable.
  • the viscosity can be measured with a Brookfield viscometer.
  • the resin (A) of the present invention can be produced by a known method such as a solution polymerization method, a bulk polymerization method, a suspension polymerization method, and an emulsion polymerization method, and a solution polymerization method is particularly preferable.
  • a solution polymerization method for example, a monomer having an indole structure, a monomer for leading a structural unit described in Group A and an organic solvent are mixed as needed, and a thermal polymerization initiator is added under a nitrogen atmosphere. And stirring at a temperature of about 40 to 90 ° C., preferably about 50 to 80 ° C. for about 3 to 15 hours.
  • a monomer or a thermal polymerization initiator may be added continuously or intermittently during the polymerization. The monomer and the thermal initiator may be added to an organic solvent.
  • a thermal polymerization initiator a photopolymerization initiator, or the like is used.
  • the photopolymerization initiator include 4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) phenyl (2-hydroxy-2-propyl) ketone.
  • thermal polymerization initiator examples include 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2′-azobis (2-methylbutyronitrile), 1,1′-azobis (cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile), , 2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethyl-4-methoxyvaleronitrile), dimethyl-2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionate) ), Azo compounds such as 2,2'-azobis (2-hydroxymethylpropionitrile); lauryl peroxide, t-butyl hydroperoxide, benzoyl peroxide, t-butylperoxybenzoate, cumene hydroperoxide; Diisopropylperoxydicarbonate, dipropylperoxydicarbonate, t-butylperoxyneode Organic peroxides such as noate, t-butylperoxypivalate and (3,5,5-trimethylhexano
  • the ratio of the polymerization initiator is about 0.001 to 5 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the monomers constituting the resin (A).
  • a polymerization method using an active energy ray for example, ultraviolet light may be used.
  • organic solvent examples include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; aliphatic alcohols such as propyl alcohol and isopropyl alcohol; ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone. Is mentioned.
  • the content of the resin (A) is usually from 60% by mass to 99.99% by mass, preferably from 70% by mass to 99.9% by mass, more preferably from 100% by mass, based on 100% by mass of the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. Is from 80% by mass to 99.7% by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present invention can contain a crosslinking agent (B).
  • a crosslinking agent (B) examples include an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent, an epoxy-based crosslinking agent, an aziridine-based crosslinking agent, and a metal chelate-based crosslinking agent. From the viewpoint of speed and the like, an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent is preferred.
  • the isocyanate compound a compound having at least two isocyanato groups (—NCO) in a molecule is preferable.
  • an aliphatic isocyanate compound eg, hexamethylene diisocyanate
  • an alicyclic isocyanate compound eg, isophorone diisocyanate
  • aromatic isocyanate compounds for example, tolylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate diphenyl methane diisocyanate, naphthalene diisocyanate, triphenyl methane triisocyanate, etc.
  • the crosslinking agent (B) may be an adduct (adduct) of the isocyanate compound with a polyhydric alcohol compound (for example, an adduct of glycerol, trimethylolpropane, or the like), an isocyanurate, a buret-type compound, a polyether polyol, or a polyester.
  • a polyhydric alcohol compound for example, an adduct of glycerol, trimethylolpropane, or the like
  • a derivative such as a urethane prepolymer-type isocyanate compound obtained by an addition reaction with a polyol, an acrylic polyol, a polybutadiene polyol, a polyisoprene polyol, or the like may be used.
  • the crosslinking agents (B) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • aromatic isocyanate compounds for example, tolylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate
  • aliphatic isocyanate compounds for example, hexamethylene diisocyanate
  • polyhydric alcohol compounds thereof for example, glycerol, trimethylolpropane
  • isocyanurate is an aromatic isocyanate compound and / or an adduct of these polyhydric alcohol compounds or isocyanurates.
  • the durability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be improved.
  • the durability can be improved even when, for example, an adhesive layer is applied to a polarizing plate.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent (B) is generally 0.01 to 15 parts by mass, preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). To 5 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present invention may further contain a silane compound (D).
  • the silane compound (D) include vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, vinyltris (2-methoxyethoxy) silane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, and -Glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylethoxydimethylsilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropyltrimethoxysilane, Examples include 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, and the like.
  • the silane compound (D) may be a silicone oligomer. Specific examples of the
  • the silane compound (D) may be a silane compound represented by the following formula (d1).
  • a 1 represents an alkanediyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and is a constituent of the alkanediyl group and the alicyclic hydrocarbon group.
  • —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O— or —CO—
  • R 41 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R 42 , R 43 , R 44 , R 45 and R 46 Each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the alkanediyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by A 1 include a methylene group, a 1,2-ethanediyl group, a 1,3-propanediyl group, a 1,4-butanediyl group, a 1,5-pentanediyl group, 1,6-hexanediyl group, 1,7-heptanediyl group, 1,8-octanediyl group, 1,9-nonanediyl group, 1,10-decanediyl group, 1,12-dodecanediyl group, 1,14-tetradecanediyl And 1,16-hexadecanediyl, 1,18-octadecanediyl and 1,20-icosandiyl.
  • Examples of the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms include a 1,3-cyclopentanediyl group and a 1,4-cyclohexanediyl group.
  • Examples of the group in which -CH 2- constituting the alkanediyl group and the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is replaced by -O- or -CO- include -CH 2 CH 2 -O-CH 2 CH 2- , -CH 2 CH 2 —O—CH 2 CH 2 —O—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —O—CH 2 CH 2 —O—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —CO—O—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —O—CH 2 CH 2 —CO—O—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —O—CH 2 CH 2 —CO—O—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —O—CH 2
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R 41 to R 45 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group and a pentyl group.
  • Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by 42 to R 45 include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, and a pentyloxy group.
  • silane compound represented by the formula (d1) examples include (trimethoxysilyl) methane, 1,2-bis (trimethoxysilyl) ethane, 1,2-bis (triethoxysilyl) ethane, 1,3- Bis (trimethoxysilyl) propane, 1,3-bis (triethoxysilyl) propane, 1,4-bis (trimethoxysilyl) butane, 1,4-bis (triethoxysilyl) butane, 1,5-bis ( Trimethoxysilyl) pentane, 1,5-bis (triethoxysilyl) pentane, 1,6-bis (trimethoxysilyl) hexane, 1,6-bis (triethoxysilyl) hexane, 1,6-bis (tripropoxy) Silyl) hexane, 1,8-bis (trimethoxysilyl) octane, 1,8-bis (triethoxysilyl) octane,
  • 1,2-bis (trimethoxysilyl) ethane 1,3-bis (trimethoxysilyl) propane, 1,4-bis (trimethoxysilyl) butane, 1,5-bis (trimethoxysilyl) Bis (tri-C1-3alkoxysilyl) C1-10alkanes such as pentane, 1,6-bis (trimethoxysilyl) hexane and 1,8-bis (trimethoxysilyl) octane are preferable, and 1,6-bis is particularly preferable.
  • (Trimethoxysilyl) hexane and 1,8-bis (trimethoxysilyl) octane are preferred.
  • the content of the silane compound (D) is usually 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 0.03 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 100 parts by mass for the resin (A). To 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 1 part by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may further contain an antistatic agent.
  • the antistatic agent include a surfactant, a siloxane compound, a conductive polymer, and an ionic compound, and an ionic compound is preferable. Conventional ionic compounds can be used.
  • the cation component constituting the ionic compound include an organic cation and an inorganic cation. Examples of the organic cation include a pyridinium cation, a pyrrolidinium cation, a piperidinium cation, an imidazolium cation, an ammonium cation, a sulfonium cation, and a phosphonium cation.
  • Examples of the inorganic cation include an alkali metal cation such as a lithium cation, a potassium cation, a sodium cation, and a cesium cation, and an alkaline earth metal cation such as a magnesium cation and a calcium cation.
  • an alkali metal cation such as a lithium cation, a potassium cation, a sodium cation, and a cesium cation
  • an alkaline earth metal cation such as a magnesium cation and a calcium cation.
  • a pyridinium cation, an imidazolium cation, a pyrrolidinium cation, a lithium cation, and a potassium cation are preferable from the viewpoint of compatibility with the (meth) acrylic resin.
  • the anion component constituting the ionic compound may be either an inorganic anion or an organic anion, but is preferably an anion component containing a fluorine atom from the viewpoint of antistatic performance.
  • the anion component containing a fluorine atom include hexafluorophosphate anion (PF 6- ), bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion [(CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 N-], and bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide anion [(FSO 2 ) 2 N-] and a tetra (pentafluorophenyl) borate anion [(C 6 F 5 ) 4 B-].
  • PF 6- hexafluorophosphate anion
  • bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion [(CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 N-]
  • bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide anion (FSO 2 ) 2 N-]
  • bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion [(CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 N-]
  • tetra (pentafluorophenyl) borate anion [(C 6 F 5 ) 4 B-]
  • An ionic compound that is solid at room temperature is preferable in terms of the stability over time of the antistatic performance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • the content of the antistatic agent is, for example, 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 7 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may contain one or more kinds of additives such as a solvent, a crosslinking catalyst, a tackifier, a plasticizer, a softener, a pigment, a rust inhibitor, an inorganic filler, and light scattering fine particles.
  • additives such as a solvent, a crosslinking catalyst, a tackifier, a plasticizer, a softener, a pigment, a rust inhibitor, an inorganic filler, and light scattering fine particles.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention is, for example, by dissolving or dispersing the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in a solvent to form a solvent-containing pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and then applying it to the surface of a substrate and drying it. Can be formed.
  • a plastic film is suitable, and specifically, a release film subjected to a release treatment is exemplified.
  • the release film include a film obtained by subjecting one surface of a film made of a resin such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polycarbonate, and polyarylate to a release treatment such as a silicone treatment.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention is preferably a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer satisfying the following formula (3), and more preferably a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer satisfying the formula (4).
  • a (405) ⁇ 0.5 (3) [In the formula (3), A (405) represents the absorbance at a wavelength of 405 nm. ]
  • a (405) / A (440) ⁇ 5 (4) [In the formula (4), A (405) represents the absorbance at a wavelength of 405 nm, and A (440) represents the absorbance at a wavelength of 440 nm. ]
  • the value of A (405) is preferably 0.6 or more, more preferably 0.8 or more, and particularly preferably 1.0 or more. Although there is no particular upper limit, it is usually 10 or less.
  • the value of A (405) / A (440) represents the magnitude of absorption at a wavelength of 405 nm with respect to the magnitude of absorption at a wavelength of 440 nm.
  • the value of A (405) / A (440) is preferably 10 or more, more preferably 30 or more, and even more preferably 60 or more.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention is usually 0.1 to 100 ⁇ m, preferably 3 to 50 ⁇ m, and more preferably 4 to 25 ⁇ m.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present invention and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be used, for example, for bonding optical films.
  • An optical laminate in which an optical film is laminated on at least one surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention is also included in the present invention.
  • the optical laminate of the present invention can be formed by dissolving or dispersing the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in a solvent to form a solvent-containing pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and then applying this to the surface of an optical film and drying. .
  • it can also be obtained by forming a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on a release film in the same manner and laminating (transferring) this pressure-sensitive adhesive layer onto the surface of the optical film.
  • the optical laminate including the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Examples of the layer constitution of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention and the optical laminate of the present invention are shown in FIGS.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 1 shown in FIG. 1 is in a state where a release film 2 is adhered to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer surface 1 for temporary protection of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer surface.
  • the optical laminate 10A shown in FIG. 2 is an optical laminate including the optical film 40, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 1 of the present invention, and the release film 2.
  • FIG. 3 is an optical laminate including a protective film 8, an adhesive layer 7, a polarizing film 9, an adhesive layer 7, a protective film 8, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 1 of the present invention, and a release film 2. is there.
  • the optical laminated body 10C shown in FIG. 4 and the optical laminated body 10D shown in FIG. An optical laminate including the retardation film 110, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 7a, and the light emitting element 30 (liquid crystal cell, organic EL cell).
  • the optical film 40 is a film having an optical function of transmitting, reflecting and absorbing light rays.
  • the optical film 40 may be a single-layer film or a multilayer film.
  • the optical film 40 includes, for example, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a brightness enhancement film, an antiglare film, an antireflection film, a diffusion film, a light-condensing film, a window film, and the like. It is preferable to use these laminated films.
  • the light-condensing film is used for the purpose of controlling an optical path and may be a prism array sheet, a lens array sheet, a dot-attached sheet, or the like.
  • the brightness enhancement film is used for the purpose of improving brightness in a liquid crystal display device to which a polarizing plate is applied.
  • a plurality of thin film films having different refractive index anisotropies are laminated to each other, and a reflective polarization separation sheet designed to have anisotropy in reflectance, an alignment film of cholesteric liquid crystal polymer and its alignment.
  • Circularly polarized light separating sheets in which a liquid crystal layer is supported on a base film are exemplified.
  • a wind film means a front plate of a flexible display device such as a flexible display, and is generally disposed on the outermost surface of the display device.
  • the window film include a resin film made of a polyimide resin.
  • the window film may be a hybrid film of an organic material and an inorganic material, such as a resin film containing polyimide and silica.
  • a hard coat layer for imparting surface hardness, stain resistance and fingerprint resistance to the surface of the window film may be provided.
  • Examples of the window film include a film described in JP-A-2017-94488.
  • a polarizing film is a film having a property of absorbing linearly polarized light having a vibration plane parallel to its absorption axis and transmitting linearly polarized light having a vibration plane perpendicular to the absorption axis (parallel to the transmission axis).
  • a film in which a dichroic dye is adsorbed and oriented on a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film can be used.
  • the dichroic dye include iodine and a dichroic organic dye.
  • the saponification degree of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually 85 mol% to 100 mol%, preferably 98 mol% or more.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin may be modified, for example, polyvinyl formal or polyvinyl acetal modified with aldehyde.
  • the polymerization degree of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually from 1,000 to 10,000, preferably from 1,500 to 5,000.
  • a film obtained by forming a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is used as a raw film of a polarizing film.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin can be formed into a film by a known method.
  • the thickness of the raw film is usually 1 to 150 ⁇ m, and preferably 10 ⁇ m or more in consideration of ease of stretching.
  • Polarizing film for example, for the raw film, a step of uniaxially stretching, a step of dyeing the film with a dichroic dye and adsorbing the dichroic dye, a step of treating the film with a boric acid aqueous solution, and The film is washed with water, and finally dried and manufactured.
  • the thickness of the polarizing film is usually 1 to 30 ⁇ m, and preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 15 ⁇ m or less, and particularly preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the optical laminate with an adhesive layer.
  • At least one surface of the polarizing film is preferably a polarizing plate provided with a protective film via an adhesive.
  • a known adhesive is used as the adhesive, and may be a water-based adhesive or an active energy ray-curable adhesive.
  • water-based adhesive examples include a conventional water-based adhesive (for example, an adhesive composed of an aqueous solution of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin, an aqueous two-part urethane-based emulsion adhesive, an aldehyde compound, an epoxy compound, a melamine-based compound, a methylol compound, an isocyanate compound, Amine compounds, crosslinking agents such as polyvalent metal salts, etc.).
  • a water-based adhesive composed of an aqueous solution of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin can be suitably used.
  • aqueous adhesive When an aqueous adhesive is used, it is preferable to perform a step of bonding the polarizing film and the protective film and then drying the laminated adhesive to remove water contained in the aqueous adhesive. After the drying step, a curing step of curing at a temperature of, for example, about 20 to 45 ° C. may be provided.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer formed from the aqueous adhesive is usually 0.001 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the active energy ray-curable adhesive refers to an adhesive that cures when irradiated with an active energy ray such as an ultraviolet ray or an electron beam, for example, a curable composition containing a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator, a photoreaction.
  • Examples of a method of bonding the polarizing film and the protective film include a method of subjecting at least one of these surfaces to a surface activation treatment such as a saponification treatment, a corona treatment, or a plasma treatment.
  • a surface activation treatment such as a saponification treatment, a corona treatment, or a plasma treatment.
  • the adhesive for bonding these resin films may be the same type of adhesive or different types of adhesives.
  • the protective film is preferably a film formed of a translucent thermoplastic resin. Specifically, a film comprising a polyolefin-based resin; a cellulose-based resin; a polyester-based resin; a (meth) acryl-based resin; or a mixture or copolymer thereof, is fried.
  • the protective films may be films made of different thermoplastic resins or films made of the same thermoplastic resin.
  • the protective film is preferably a protective film made of a polyolefin resin or a cellulose resin. By using these films, shrinkage of the polarizing film in a high-temperature environment can be effectively suppressed without impairing the optical characteristics of the polarizing film.
  • the protective film may also be an oxygen shielding layer.
  • a preferred configuration of the polarizing plate is a polarizing plate in which a protective film is laminated on at least one surface of a polarizing film via an adhesive layer.
  • a protective film is laminated on the viewing side.
  • the protective film laminated on the viewing side is preferably a protective film made of a triacetyl cellulose resin or a cycloolefin resin.
  • the protective film may be an unstretched film, or may be stretched in an arbitrary direction and have a phase difference.
  • a surface treatment layer such as a hard coat layer or an anti-glare layer may be provided on the surface of the protective film laminated on the viewing side.
  • the protective film on the panel side is a protective film or a retardation film made of a triacetyl cellulose resin, a cycloolefin resin or an acrylic resin.
  • the retardation film may be a zero retardation film described later.
  • the retardation film is an optical film exhibiting optical anisotropy, for example, polyvinyl alcohol, polycarbonate, polyester, polyarylate, polyimide, polyolefin, polycycloolefin, polystyrene, polysulfone, polyethersulfone, polyvinylidene fluoride.
  • Stretched films obtained by stretching a polymer film composed of ride / polymethyl methacrylate, acetylcellulose, saponified ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyvinyl chloride, etc. to about 1.01 to 6 times are exemplified.
  • the retardation film may be a retardation film in which a liquid crystal compound is applied to a substrate and has optical anisotropy developed by orientation.
  • the retardation film includes a zero retardation film, and also includes a film called a uniaxial retardation film, a low photoelastic modulus retardation film, a wide viewing angle retardation film, or the like.
  • the zero Letters retardation film, and the retardation R th for the front retardation R e and the thickness direction, are both -15 ⁇ 15 nm, refers to the isotropic film optically.
  • the zero retardation film include a resin film made of a cellulose resin, a polyolefin resin (a chain polyolefin resin, a polycycloolefin resin, etc.) or a polyethylene terephthalate resin. In terms of ease, a cellulose resin or a polyolefin resin is preferred.
  • the zero retardation film can also be used as a protective film.
  • Zero retardation film examples include “Z-TAC” (trade name) sold by FUJIFILM Corporation, “Zero Tac (registered trademark)” sold by Konica Minolta Opto, Ltd., and Zeon Corporation And “ZF-14” (trade name) sold by the company.
  • the retardation film is preferably a retardation film in which a liquid crystal compound is applied and oriented to develop optical anisotropy.
  • Examples of the film in which optical anisotropy is developed by coating and orientation of the liquid crystal compound include the following first to fifth embodiments.
  • First form a retardation film in which a rod-shaped liquid crystal compound is oriented in a horizontal direction with respect to a supporting substrate.
  • Second form a retardation film in which a rod-shaped liquid crystal compound is oriented in a direction perpendicular to a supporting substrate.
  • Fourth form Retardation film in which discotic liquid crystal compound is tilted.
  • Fifth form Discotic liquid crystal compound is Biaxial retardation film oriented perpendicular to supporting substrate
  • the first mode, the second mode, and the fifth mode are suitably used.
  • a retardation film of these forms may be laminated and used.
  • the retardation film When the retardation film is a layer made of a polymer in an alignment state of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as an “optically anisotropic layer”), the retardation film may have reverse wavelength dispersion. preferable.
  • the reverse wavelength dispersibility is an optical property in which the in-plane retardation value of the liquid crystal alignment at a short wavelength is smaller than the in-plane retardation value of the liquid crystal alignment at a long wavelength.
  • the retardation film has the following formula: (7) and Expression (8) must be satisfied. Note that Re ( ⁇ ) represents an in-plane retardation value for light having a wavelength of ⁇ nm.
  • the retardation film when the retardation film is in the first form and has reverse wavelength dispersion, it is preferable because coloring during black display on a display device is reduced, and 0.82 ⁇ in the formula (7). More preferably, Re (450) / Re (550) ⁇ 0.93. Further, it is preferable that 120 ⁇ Re (550) ⁇ 150.
  • examples of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound include “3” in Liquid Crystal Handbook (edited by Liquid Crystal Handbook Editing Committee, published by Maruzen Co., Ltd. on October 30, 2000). Compounds having a polymerizable group among compounds described in “8.8.6 ⁇ Network (completely cross-linked type)” and “6.5.1 ⁇ Liquid crystal material ⁇ b. Polymerizable nematic liquid crystal material” ”, and JP-A-2010-31223.
  • a method for producing a retardation film from a polymer in an alignment state of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound includes, for example, a method described in JP-A-2010-31223.
  • the front retardation value Re (550) may be adjusted in the range of 0 to 10 nm, preferably in the range of 0 to 5 nm, and the retardation value Rth in the thickness direction is -10 to- It may be adjusted to a range of 300 nm, preferably to a range of -20 to -200 nm.
  • the retardation value R th in the thickness direction which means the refractive index anisotropy in the thickness direction, is the retardation value R 50 measured at an angle of 50 degrees with the in-plane fast axis being the inclined axis, and the in-plane retardation value R 50. It can be calculated from the value R 0 .
  • the retardation value R th in the thickness direction is the in-plane retardation value R 0 , the retardation value R 50 measured by inclining the fast axis by 50 degrees with the fast axis as the inclination axis, the thickness d of the retardation film, and the position.
  • the average refractive index n 0 of the retardation film obtains the n x, n y and n z by the following equation (10) to (12), these are substituted into equation (9) can be calculated.
  • R th [( nx + ny ) / 2 ⁇ nz ] ⁇ d (9)
  • R 0 (n x -n y ) ⁇ d (10)
  • n y ' n y ⁇ n z / [n y 2 ⁇ sin 2 ( ⁇ ) + n z 2 ⁇ cos 2 ( ⁇ ) ] 1/2
  • Films that exhibit optical anisotropy by application and orientation of liquid crystal compounds and films that exhibit optical anisotropy by application of inorganic layered compounds include films referred to as temperature-compensated retardation films and JX.
  • NH film (trade name; a film in which rod-shaped liquid crystals are tilted) sold by Nippon Mining & Energy Co., Ltd.
  • WV film (trade name: disc-shaped liquid crystal) sold by Fuji Film Co., Ltd. Is a film with tilted orientation)
  • VAC film trade name; fully biaxially-oriented film) sold by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • new @ VAC film trade name
  • the retardation film may be a multilayer film having two or more layers.
  • a retardation film in which a protective film is laminated on one or both sides there are a retardation film in which two or more retardation films are laminated via an adhesive or an adhesive.
  • the structure of the optical laminate including the optical film of the present invention is, as shown in FIG. Includes a retardation film 110 in which a wavelength retardation layer 50 and a ⁇ wavelength retardation layer 70 that imparts a phase difference of ⁇ wavelength to transmitted light are laminated via an adhesive layer or an adhesive layer 60.
  • a configuration including the optical film 40 in which the quarter-wave retardation layer 50a and the positive C layer 80 are laminated via the adhesive layer or the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 60 is also included.
  • the ⁇ wavelength retardation layer 50 for imparting a ⁇ wavelength phase difference and the ⁇ wavelength retardation layer 70 for imparting a ⁇ wavelength phase difference to transmitted light in FIG. The optical film of the fifth embodiment or the optical film of the fifth embodiment may be used. In the case of the configuration shown in FIG. 4, it is more preferable that at least one of them has the fifth mode.
  • the quarter-wave retardation layer 50a is preferably the optical film of the first embodiment, and more preferably satisfies the expressions (7) and (8).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 7a in FIGS. 4 and 5 is a layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • a known pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be used, or the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present invention may be used.
  • the resin of the present invention, a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin, and an optical laminate including a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition are laminated on a display element such as an organic EL element or a liquid crystal cell to form an organic layer. It can be used for a display device (FPD: flat panel display) such as an EL display device or a liquid crystal display device.
  • a display device FPD: flat panel display
  • Example 1 Synthesis of light selective absorption compound having indole structure and polymerizable group After replacing the inside of a 1000 mL four-necked flask equipped with a Dimroth condenser and a thermometer with a nitrogen atmosphere, a compound represented by the formula (1) (1-methyl-2-phenyl-1H-indole-3-carboxaldehyde) is obtained. 100 parts, 40 parts of cyanoacetic acid, 76 parts of piperidine and 300 parts of acetonitrile were charged and kept at 80 ° C. for 4 hours while stirring. From the resulting mixture, the precipitated crystals were separated by filtration and taken out.
  • the obtained crystals and 500 parts of 5% sulfuric acid were mixed and kept at 80 ° C. for 1 hour with stirring.
  • the obtained mixture was filtered to obtain a solid.
  • the obtained solid is washed with 300 parts of water and dried, and the compound represented by the formula (2) (2-cyano-3- (1-methyl-2-phenyl-1H-indol-3-yl)- 116 parts of 2-propenoic acid) were obtained.
  • the obtained filtrate was concentrated to obtain an oil.
  • 50 parts of toluene and 50 parts of water were mixed and separated to obtain a toluene layer.
  • the obtained toluene layer was concentrated to obtain yellow crude crystals.
  • the crude crystals were recrystallized from isopropyl alcohol to give a compound of the formula (3) (2-cyano-3- (1-methyl-2-phenyl-1H-indol-3-yl) -2-propenoic acid- 4-Acryloyloxybutyl) 4.9 parts were obtained.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the compound represented by the formula (3) was 386 nm.
  • the obtained methyl ethyl ketone solution (0.006 g / L) of the compound represented by the formula (3) is placed in a 1 cm quartz cell, and the quartz cell is set on a spectrophotometer UV-2450 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation).
  • the absorbance was measured in a wavelength range of 300 to 800 nm in 1 nm steps by the double beam method.
  • the gram extinction coefficient for each wavelength was calculated from the obtained absorbance value, the concentration of the compound in the solution, and the optical path length of the quartz cell.
  • ⁇ (405) 34.9 L / (g ⁇ cm)
  • ⁇ (440) 2.0 L / (g ⁇ cm)
  • ⁇ (405) / ⁇ (440) 17.5. Met.
  • ⁇ ( ⁇ ) A ( ⁇ ) / CL [Where ⁇ ( ⁇ ) represents the gram extinction coefficient L / (g ⁇ cm) of the compound represented by the formula (3) at the wavelength ⁇ nm, A ( ⁇ ) represents the absorbance at the wavelength ⁇ nm, and C represents the concentration. g / L, where L is the optical path length cm of the quartz cell. ]
  • Example 2 Synthesis of light selective absorption compound having indole structure and polymerizable group
  • a compound represented by the formula (4) (2-cyanoethyl) was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 2.3 parts of 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate was used instead of 2.3 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate.
  • 4.3 parts of -2- (1-methyl-2-phenyl-1H-indol-3-yl) -2-propenoic acid-2-acryloyloxyethyl) were obtained.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the compound represented by the formula (4) was 388 nm.
  • Example 3 Synthesis of resin (A-1) containing structural unit having an indole structure
  • a reaction vessel equipped with a cooling pipe, a nitrogen introduction pipe, a thermometer, and a stirrer 141 parts of ethyl acetate as a solvent, acrylic acid A mixed solution of 94 parts of butyl, 3 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, and 3 parts of the compound represented by the formula (3) was charged, and the inside temperature of the apparatus was reduced to 60 while replacing the air in the apparatus with nitrogen gas to eliminate oxygen. ° C.
  • the obtained resin (A-1) having an indole structure had a weight average molecular weight Mw of 740,000 in terms of polystyrene by GPC and Mw / Mn of 5.2.
  • the glass transition temperature by DSC was -51 ° C.
  • ⁇ ( ⁇ ) A ( ⁇ ) / CL [Where ⁇ ( ⁇ ) represents the gram extinction coefficient L / (g ⁇ cm) of the resin (A) at a wavelength ⁇ nm, A ( ⁇ ) represents the absorbance at a wavelength ⁇ nm, and C represents the concentration g / L. , L represent the optical path length cm of the quartz cell. ]
  • Example 4 Synthesis of Resin (A-2) Containing Structural Unit Having Indole Structure
  • a reaction vessel equipped with a cooling pipe, a nitrogen introduction pipe, a thermometer, and a stirrer 141 parts of ethyl acetate as a solvent, acrylic acid A mixed solution of 94 parts of butyl, 3 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, and 3 parts of the compound represented by the formula (4) was charged, and the inside temperature of the apparatus was adjusted to 60 while replacing the air in the apparatus with nitrogen gas to eliminate oxygen. ° C.
  • the obtained resin (A-2) having an indole structure had a weight average molecular weight Mw of 670,000 in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC and Mw / Mn of 4.9.
  • the glass transition temperature by DSC was -50 ° C.
  • the obtained acrylic resin (A-3) had a weight average molecular weight Mw in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC of 600,000 and Mw / Mn of 6.0.
  • the glass transition temperature by DSC was -49 ° C.
  • the gram extinction coefficient was measured in the same manner as in Example 3. As a result, there was no absorption at the wavelengths of 405 nm and 440 nm, and both the absorbances were 0.
  • Example 5 Preparation of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1) Ethyl acetate solution (resin concentration: 20%) of the obtained resin (A-1) having an indole structure, To 100 parts of the solid content of the solution, 0.5 part of a crosslinking agent (Coronate L, 75% of solid content: manufactured by Tosoh) and 0.5 part of a silane compound (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical: KBM-403) were mixed. Further, 2-butanone was added so that the solid content concentration became 14%, to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1).
  • the compounding quantity of the said crosslinking agent (Coronate L) is a mass part as an active ingredient.
  • Example 6 Preparation of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (2) To an ethyl acetate solution (resin concentration: 20%) of the obtained resin (A-2) having an indole structure, based on 100 parts of solid content of the solution Then, 0.5 parts of a cross-linking agent (Coronate L, solid content 75%: manufactured by Tosoh) and 0.5 part of a silane compound (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical: KBM-403) are mixed, and the solid content concentration becomes 14%. Thus, 2-butanone was added to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (2). In addition, the compounding quantity of the said crosslinking agent (Coronate L) is a mass part as an active ingredient.
  • a cross-linking agent Coronate L, solid content 75%: manufactured by Tosoh
  • a silane compound manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical: KBM-403
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition obtained in Example 5 was referred to as a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (1), and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition obtained in Example 6 was referred to as a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (1) was bonded to an alkali-free glass (trade name “EAGLE XG” manufactured by Corning Incorporated), and the separator was peeled off. ZF-14) manufactured by ZEON CORPORATION was laminated to prepare a laminate for evaluating an adhesive layer.
  • the prepared laminate for evaluating an adhesive layer was set on a spectrophotometer UV-2450 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and the absorbance was measured by a double beam method in a wavelength range of 300 to 800 nm in 1 nm steps.
  • the absorbance of the alkali-free glass alone and the cycloolefin-based resin film alone was 0 at wavelengths of 405 nm and 440 nm.
  • the absorbances of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layers (2) and (3) were measured.
  • Table 1 shows the absorbance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layers (1) to (3).
  • Example 7 Production of Optical Laminate (1)
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (1) was bonded to the surface of the cycloolefin resin film of the polarizing plate produced in (ii) above, and the separator was peeled off. Further, the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (1) from which the separator was peeled off was bonded to the surface of the optically anisotropic layer prepared in (v) opposite to the surface of the cycloolefin-based resin film, and the cycloolefin-based resin film was peeled off.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (4) with a separator was attached to the surface of the optically anisotropic layer from which the cycloolefin-based resin film was peeled off, to obtain an optical laminate (1).
  • Example 8 Production of optical laminate (2) An optical laminate (2) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 7, except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (1) was replaced with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (2).
  • the obtained optical laminated body (1) is cut into a size of 40 mm ⁇ 40 mm, the separator laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (4) is peeled off, and this is alkali-free glass [trade name “EAGLE” manufactured by Corning Incorporated). XG "].
  • EAGLE alkali-free glass
  • XG alkali-free glass
  • precipitation of in-plane compound crystals was confirmed using a microscope.
  • the obtained optical laminated body with glass is put into an oven at a temperature of 23 ° C. and 60% for 500 hours, and precipitation of compound crystals in the plane is confirmed using a microscope. confirmed. Table 2 shows the evaluation results.
  • the obtained optical laminated body (1) is cut into a size of 40 mm ⁇ 40 mm, the separator laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (4) is peeled off, and this is alkali-free glass [trade name “EAGLE” manufactured by Corning Incorporated). XG "].
  • the retardation value at a wavelength of 450 nm of the obtained optical laminated body with glass was measured by a birefringence measuring device (KOBRA-WR; manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments). Thereafter, the optical laminate with glass was put into an oven at a temperature of 80 ° C. for 120 hours, taken out and left in an environment of 23 ° C.
  • the obtained optical laminated body (1) is cut into a size of 40 mm ⁇ 40 mm, the separator laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (4) is peeled off, and this is alkali-free glass [trade name “EAGLE” manufactured by Corning Incorporated). XG "].
  • the transmission axis direction and the absorption axis of the optical laminated body (1) in the wavelength range of 380 to 780 nm were measured using a spectrophotometer with an integrating sphere [product name “V7100” manufactured by JASCO Corporation].
  • the transmission spectrum in the direction was measured, and the absorbance at a wavelength of 405 nm of the optical laminate (1) was calculated from the transmission spectrum in the transmission axis direction of the optical laminate (1).
  • the absorbance at a wavelength of 350 nm, a wavelength of 405 nm, and a wavelength of 440 nm was 0 for each of the TAC film alone, the COP film alone, and the alkali-free glass alone.
  • the optical laminate (1) was put into a sunshine weather meter (manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd .: model number SUNSHINE WEATHER METER S80) at 63 ° C. and 50% humidity for 24 hours, and a 24-hour weather resistance test was performed.
  • the absorbance of the sample taken out was measured in the same manner as in the above ⁇ Measurement of absorbance of optical film>. From the measured absorbance, the absorbance retention of the sample at a wavelength of 405 nm was determined based on the following equation. Table 1 shows the results. The higher the absorbance retention, the better the weather resistance without deterioration of the light selective absorption function.
  • Absorbance retention (A (405) after endurance test / A (405) before endurance test) ⁇ 100
  • a change in retardation was suppressed.
  • a light selective absorption compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure into a resin
  • a light selective absorption compound having an indole structure is compared with a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing only a light selective absorption compound having an indole structure. This is probably because the transfer of the absorbing compound was suppressed.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin (A) of the present invention does not increase the precipitation of the compound even after subjected to a heat test at 85 ° C. for 120 hours, and has good bleed resistance. Have.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin (A) of the present invention has a good value of A (405) / A (440).
  • the resin of the present invention a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and an optical laminate including the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are suitably used for a liquid crystal panel and a liquid crystal display device. .

Abstract

A resin (A) which includes a structural unit having an indole structure. It is preferable that the resin (A) be a resin which includes a structural unit having a side chain including an indole structure and have a glass transition temperature of 40°C or lower. The resin (A) preferably satisfies relationship (1). (1): ɛ(405)≥0.02 [In relationship (1), ɛ(405) indicates the gram absorptivity coefficient of the resin (A) at wavelength 405 nm. The unit of the gram absorptivity coefficient is L/(g·cm).]

Description

樹脂及び粘着剤組成物Resin and adhesive composition
 本発明は、樹脂、該樹脂を含む粘着剤組成物及び該粘着剤組成物から形成される粘着剤層を積層した光学積層体に関する。 The present invention relates to an optical laminate in which a resin, a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition are laminated.
 有機エレクトロルミネッセンスディスプレイ(有機EL表示装置)や液晶表示装置等の表示装置(FPD:フラットパネルディスプレイ)には、有機EL素子、液晶セル等の表示素子や偏光板等の光学フィルムなど様々な部材が用いられている。これらの部材の中でも有機EL発光素子及び液晶化合物等は有機物であるため、紫外線(UV)による劣化が問題となりやすかった。さらに、重合性液晶化合物を配向・光硬化させてなる液晶系位相差フィルム及び有機EL発光素子は、紫外線による劣化のみではなく、短波長の可視光においても劣化する傾向があることが明らかになってきた。前記課題を解決するために、短波長の可視光の光を吸収する化合物を含有する層を設けることが知られている。例えば、特許文献1には、アクリル酸n-ブチル、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート及びN,N-ジメチルアクリルアミドからなる共重合体と、インドール系紫外線吸収剤とを含む粘着剤組成物から形成される粘着剤層付偏光板が記載されている。 2. Description of the Related Art Various members such as organic EL elements, display elements such as liquid crystal cells, and optical films such as polarizing plates, etc., are used in display devices (FPDs: flat panel displays) such as organic electroluminescence displays (organic EL display devices) and liquid crystal display devices. Used. Among these members, the organic EL light emitting element, the liquid crystal compound, and the like are organic substances, and thus are liable to be deteriorated by ultraviolet rays (UV). Furthermore, it has been clarified that a liquid crystal phase difference film and an organic EL light-emitting element obtained by aligning and photo-curing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound tend to deteriorate not only by ultraviolet rays but also by short-wavelength visible light. Have been. In order to solve the above-mentioned problem, it is known to provide a layer containing a compound that absorbs short-wavelength visible light. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses an adhesive formed from an adhesive composition containing a copolymer composed of n-butyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate and N, N-dimethylacrylamide, and an indole ultraviolet absorber. A polarizing plate with an agent layer is described.
特開2017-48340号公報JP-A-2017-48340
 しかしながら、特許文献1に記載されている紫外線吸収剤を含む粘着剤層を光学積層体とした場合、紫外線や短波の可視光による劣化を抑制することは可能だが、紫外線吸収剤の他層への移行によって光学特性を損なうという別の問題が生じることが判明した。中でも液晶系位相差フィルムとの積層体において、紫外線吸収剤の他層への移行による光学特性の低下(位相差値の変化)は顕著になることが分かった。 However, when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer containing an ultraviolet absorber described in Patent Document 1 is used as an optical laminate, it is possible to suppress deterioration due to ultraviolet light or short-wave visible light, but it is difficult to prevent the ultraviolet absorber from being applied to another layer. It has been found that migration creates another problem of impairing optical properties. Above all, it was found that in the laminate with the liquid crystal phase difference film, the deterioration of the optical characteristics (change in the phase difference value) due to the transfer of the ultraviolet absorber to another layer became remarkable.
 本発明は、以下の発明を含む。
[1]インドール構造を有する構造単位を含有する樹脂(A)。
[2]樹脂(A)は、ガラス転移温度が40℃以下である[1]に記載の樹脂。
[3]樹脂(A)は、下記式(1)を満たす樹脂である[1]又は[2]に記載の樹脂。
ε(405)≧ 0.02 (1)
[式(1)中、ε(405)は波長405nmにおける樹脂(A)のグラム吸光係数を表す。グラム吸光係数の単位はL/(g・cm)である。]
[4]樹脂(A)は、下記式(2)を満たす樹脂である[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載の樹脂。
ε(405)/ε(440)≧ 5 (2)
[式(2)中、ε(405)は波長405nmにおける樹脂(A)のグラム吸光係数を表し、ε(440)は波長440nmにおける樹脂のグラム吸光係数を表す。]
[5]樹脂(A)が、側鎖にインドール構造を有する構造単位を含む樹脂である[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載の樹脂。
[6]側鎖にインドール構造を有する構造単位が、重合性基とインドール構造とを有する光選択吸収化合物に由来する構造単位である[5]に記載の樹脂。
[7]重合性基とインドール構造とを有する光選択吸収化合物が、下記式(1-a)を満たす化合物である[6]に記載の樹脂。
ε(405)≧ 5  (1-a)
[式(1-a)中、ε(405)は波長405nmにおける重合性基とインドール構造とを有する化合物のグラム吸光係数を表す。グラム吸光係数の単位はL/(g・cm)である。]
[8]重合性基とインドール構造とを有する光選択吸収化合物が、下記式(2-a)を満たす化合物である[7]に記載の樹脂。
ε(405)/ε(440)≧ 10   (2-a)
[式(2-a)中、ε(405)は波長405nmにおける重合性基とインドール構造とを有する化合物のグラム吸光係数を表し、ε(440)は波長440nmにおける重合性基とインドール構造とを有する化合物のグラム吸光係数を表す。
[9]側鎖にインドール構造を有する構造単位が、式(I)で表される化合物に由来する構造単位又は式(II)で表される化合物に由来する構造単位である[5]に記載の樹脂。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000006
[式(I)中、R、R、R、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-NR1A-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-又は-CF-に置換されていてもよい。
 R1Aは、水素原子、炭素数1~25のアルキル基又は炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基表す。
 Eは、電子求引性基を表す。
 Zは、連結基を表す。
 Aは、重合性基を表す。
 式(II)中、R12及びR17は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-NR11A-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-又は-CF-に置換されていてもよい。
 R11、R13、R14、R15及びR16は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、重合性基を含む基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-NR12A-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-又は-CF-に置換されていてもよい。
 ただし、R11、R13、R14、R15及びR16のうち、少なくとも一つは、重合性基を含む基を表す。
 R11A及びR12Aは、それぞれ独立して、素原子、炭素数1~25のアルキル基又は炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基表す。
 E11は、電子求引性基を表す。]
[10]Rがフェニル基である[9]に記載の樹脂。
[11]式(I)で表される化合物が、式(III)で表される化合物である[9]に記載の樹脂。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000007
[R、R、R、R、R及びEは、上記と同じ意味を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、メチル基又はフェニル基を表す。
 Zは、炭素数1~12のアルカンジイル基、炭素数6~18の2価の芳香族炭化水素基、-O-R2A-*1、-S-R2B-*1又は-NR1D-R2C-*1を表す。
 Zは、単結合、*2-CO-O-、*2-O-CO-、*2-S(=O)-、*2-O-SO-、*2-CO-NR1B-、*2-NR1C-CO-、*2-R2DO-P(=O)-OR2E-、*2-NR1E-CO-O-、*2-O-CO-NR1F-、*2-(OR2Fs1-、*2-CO-S-、*2-S-CO-又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルカンジイル基を表す。
 R1B、R1C、1D、R1E及びR1Fは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
 R2A、R2B、R2C、R2D、R2E及びR2Fは、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~18の2価の炭化水素基を表す。
 *1は、Zとの結合手を表す。
 *2は、Zとの結合手を表す。]
[12]樹脂(A)が、さらに、下記群Aに記載の構造単位から選ばれる少なくとも1つの構造単位を有する[1]~[11]のいずれかに記載の樹脂。
群A:(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構造単位、スチレン系単量体に由来する構造単位、ビニル系単量体に由来する構造単位、エポキシ化合物に由来する構造単位、式(a)で表される構造単位、式(b)で表される構造単位及び式(c)で表される構造単位
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000008
[式中、Ra1は2価の炭化水素基を表す。
 Rb1及びRb2は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
 Rc1及びRc2は、それぞれ独立して、2価の炭化水素基を表す。]
[13]群Aに記載の構造単位から選ばれる少なくとも1つの構造単位の含有量が、樹脂(A)の全構造単位に対して、50質量%以上である[12]に記載の樹脂。
[14][1]~[13]のいずれかに記載の樹脂を含む粘着剤組成物。
[15]さらに、架橋剤(B)を含む[14]に記載の粘着剤組成物。
[16][14]又は[15]に記載の粘着剤組成物から形成される粘着剤層。
[17]下記式(3)を満たす[16]に記載の粘着剤層。
A(405) ≧ 0.5 (3)
[式(3)中、A(405)は波長405nmにおける吸光度を表す。]
[18]さらに、下記式(4)を満たす[17]に記載の粘着剤層。
A(405) / A(440) ≧ 5 (4)
[式(4)中、A(405)は波長405nmにおける吸光度を表し、A(440)は波長440nmにおける吸光度を表す。]
[19][16]~[18]のいずれかに記載の粘着剤層の少なくとも一方の面に光学フィルムが積層された光学積層体。
[20]光学フィルムが偏光板である[19]に記載の光学積層体。
[21][20]に記載の光学積層体を含む画像表示装置。
[22]式(I)又は式(IV)で表される化合物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000009
[式(I)中、R、R、R、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-NR1A-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-又は-CF-に置換されていてもよい。
 R1Aは、水素原子、炭素数1~25のアルキル基又は炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基表す。
 Eは、電子求引性基を表す。
 Zは、連結基を表す。
 Aは、重合性基を表す。
式(IV)中、R12及びR17は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-NR11A-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-又は-CF-に置換されていてもよい。
 R11、R13、R14、R15及びR16は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、重合性基を含む基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-NR12A-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-又は-CF-に置換されていてもよい。
 ただし、R13、R14、R15及びR16のうち、少なくとも一つは、重合性基を含む基を表す。
 R11A及びR12Aは、それぞれ独立して、素原子、炭素数1~25のアルキル基又は炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基表す。
 E11は、電子吸引性基を表す。]
[23]Rがフェニル基である[22]に記載の化合物。
[24]式(I)で表される化合物が、式(III)で表される化合物である[22]に記載の化合物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000010
[R、R、R、R、R及びEは、上記と同じ意味を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、シアノ基、メチル基又はフェニル基を表す。
 Zは、炭素数1~12のアルカンジイル基、炭素数6~18の2価の芳香族炭化水素基、-O-R2A-*1、-S-R2B-*1又は-NR1D-R2C-*1を表す。
 Zは、単結合、*2-CO-O-、*2-O-CO-、*2-S(=O)-、*2-O-SO-、*2-CO-NR1B-、*2-NR1C-CO-、*2-R2DO-P(=O)-OR2E-、*2-NR1E-CO-O-、*2-O-CO-NR1F-、*2-(OR2Fs1-、*2-CO-S-、*2-S-CO-又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルカンジイル基を表す。
 R1B、R1C、1D、R1E及びR1Fは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
 R2A、R2B、R2C、R2D、R2E及びR2Fは、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~18の2価の炭化水素基を表す。
 *1は、Zとの結合手を表す。
 *2は、Zとの結合手を表す。]
[25]Eが、シアノ基である[22]~[24]のいずれかに記載の化合物。
The present invention includes the following inventions.
[1] A resin (A) containing a structural unit having an indole structure.
[2] The resin according to [1], wherein the resin (A) has a glass transition temperature of 40 ° C or lower.
[3] The resin according to [1] or [2], wherein the resin (A) satisfies the following formula (1).
ε (405) ≧ 0.02 (1)
[In the formula (1), ε (405) represents a gram extinction coefficient of the resin (A) at a wavelength of 405 nm. The unit of the gram extinction coefficient is L / (g · cm). ]
[4] The resin according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the resin (A) satisfies the following formula (2).
ε (405) / ε (440) ≧ 5 (2)
[In the formula (2), ε (405) represents the gram absorption coefficient of the resin (A) at a wavelength of 405 nm, and ε (440) represents the gram absorption coefficient of the resin at a wavelength of 440 nm. ]
[5] The resin according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the resin (A) is a resin containing a structural unit having an indole structure in a side chain.
[6] The resin according to [5], wherein the structural unit having an indole structure in the side chain is a structural unit derived from a photoselective absorption compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure.
[7] The resin according to [6], wherein the light selective absorption compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure is a compound satisfying the following formula (1-a).
ε (405) ≧ 5 (1-a)
[In the formula (1-a), ε (405) represents a gram extinction coefficient of a compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure at a wavelength of 405 nm. The unit of the gram extinction coefficient is L / (g · cm). ]
[8] The resin according to [7], wherein the light selective absorption compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure is a compound satisfying the following formula (2-a).
ε (405) / ε (440) ≧ 10 (2-a)
[In the formula (2-a), ε (405) represents a gram extinction coefficient of a compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure at a wavelength of 405 nm, and ε (440) represents a polymerizable group and an indole structure at a wavelength of 440 nm. It represents the gram extinction coefficient of the compound having.
[9] The structural unit according to [5], wherein the structural unit having an indole structure in the side chain is a structural unit derived from the compound represented by the formula (I) or a structural unit derived from the compound represented by the formula (II). Resin.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000006
[In the formula (I), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, A carboxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; —CH 2 — contained in the hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —NR 1A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S—, or —CF 2 —. Good.
R 1A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
E 1 represents an electron-withdrawing group.
Z represents a linking group.
A represents a polymerizable group.
In the formula (II), R 12 and R 17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, or an optionally substituted carbon atom. Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a number of 1 to 25 or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 to 18 which may have a substituent, and is included in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group; CH 2 — may be substituted by —NR 11A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S— or —CF 2 —.
R 11 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a group containing a polymerizable group, Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; Alternatively, —CH 2 — included in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —NR 12A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S—, or —CF 2 —.
However, at least one of R 11 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
R 11A and R 12A each independently represent an elementary atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
E 11 represents an electron-withdrawing group. ]
[10] The resin according to [9], wherein R 2 is a phenyl group.
[11] The resin according to [9], wherein the compound represented by the formula (I) is a compound represented by the formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000007
[R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and E 1 represent the same meaning as described above.
R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a phenyl group.
Z 1 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, —OR 2A — * 1, —SR 2B — * 1, or —NR 1D Represents -R 2C- * 1.
Z 2 is a single bond, * 2-CO-O-, * 2-O-CO-, * 2-S (= O) 2- , * 2-O-SO 2- , * 2-CO-NR 1B -, * 2-NR 1C -CO-, * 2-R 2D OP (= O) -OR 2E- , * 2-NR 1E -CO-O-, * 2-O-CO-NR 1F- , * 2- (OR 2F ) s1- , * 2-CO-S-, * 2-S-CO- or a perfluoroalkanediyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
R 1B , R 1C, R 1D , R 1E and R 1F each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
R 2A , R 2B , R 2C , R 2D , R 2E and R 2F each independently represent a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
* 1 represents a binding position to Z 2.
* 2 represents a bond to Z 1. ]
[12] The resin according to any one of [1] to [11], wherein the resin (A) further has at least one structural unit selected from the structural units described in Group A below.
Group A: a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylate, a structural unit derived from a styrene-based monomer, a structural unit derived from a vinyl-based monomer, a structural unit derived from an epoxy compound, and a compound represented by the formula (a) The structural unit represented by the structural unit represented by the formula (b) and the structural unit represented by the formula (c)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000008
[In the formula, R a1 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group.
R b1 and R b2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
R c1 and R c2 each independently represent a divalent hydrocarbon group. ]
[13] The resin according to [12], wherein the content of at least one structural unit selected from the structural units described in Group A is 50% by mass or more based on all structural units of the resin (A).
[14] An adhesive composition containing the resin according to any one of [1] to [13].
[15] The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to [14], further comprising a crosslinking agent (B).
[16] An adhesive layer formed from the adhesive composition according to [14] or [15].
[17] The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer according to [16], which satisfies the following formula (3).
A (405) ≧ 0.5 (3)
[In the formula (3), A (405) represents the absorbance at a wavelength of 405 nm. ]
[18] The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer according to [17], further satisfying the following formula (4).
A (405) / A (440) ≧ 5 (4)
[In the formula (4), A (405) represents the absorbance at a wavelength of 405 nm, and A (440) represents the absorbance at a wavelength of 440 nm. ]
[19] An optical laminate in which an optical film is laminated on at least one surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer according to any one of [16] to [18].
[20] The optical laminate according to [19], wherein the optical film is a polarizing plate.
[21] An image display device including the optical laminate according to [20].
[22] A compound represented by the formula (I) or the formula (IV).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000009
[In the formula (I), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, A carboxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; —CH 2 — contained in the hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —NR 1A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S—, or —CF 2 —. Good.
R 1A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
E 1 represents an electron-withdrawing group.
Z represents a linking group.
A represents a polymerizable group.
In the formula (IV), R 12 and R 17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a number of 1 to 25 or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 to 18 which may have a substituent, and is included in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group; CH 2 — may be substituted by —NR 11A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S— or —CF 2 —.
R 11 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a group containing a polymerizable group, Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; Alternatively, —CH 2 — included in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —NR 12A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S—, or —CF 2 —.
However, at least one of R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
R 11A and R 12A each independently represent an elementary atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
E 11 represents an electron-withdrawing group. ]
[23] The compound according to [22], wherein R 2 is a phenyl group.
[24] The compound according to [22], wherein the compound represented by the formula (I) is a compound represented by the formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000010
[R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and E 1 represent the same meaning as described above.
R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a phenyl group.
Z 1 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, —OR 2A — * 1, —SR 2B — * 1, or —NR 1D Represents -R 2C- * 1.
Z 2 is a single bond, * 2-CO-O-, * 2-O-CO-, * 2-S (= O) 2- , * 2-O-SO 2- , * 2-CO-NR 1B -, * 2-NR 1C -CO-, * 2-R 2D OP (= O) -OR 2E- , * 2-NR 1E -CO-O-, * 2-O-CO-NR 1F- , * 2- (OR 2F ) s1- , * 2-CO-S-, * 2-S-CO- or a perfluoroalkanediyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
R 1B , R 1C, R 1D , R 1E and R 1F each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
R 2A , R 2B , R 2C , R 2D , R 2E and R 2F each independently represent a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
* 1 represents a binding position to Z 2.
* 2 represents a bond to Z 1. ]
[25] The compound according to any one of [22] to [24], wherein E 1 is a cyano group.
 本発明は、有機EL発光素子及び液晶系位相差フィルムの劣化を抑制することができる粘着剤層及び該粘着剤層を形成する粘着剤組成物を提供する。さらに、有機EL発光素子及び位相差フィルムの劣化を良好に抑制できる粘着剤組成物を形成することができる樹脂を提供する。 The present invention provides a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer capable of suppressing deterioration of an organic EL light-emitting device and a liquid crystal phase difference film, and a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Further, there is provided a resin capable of forming a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition capable of favorably suppressing deterioration of an organic EL light emitting element and a retardation film.
本発明の粘着剤層の層構成の一例を示す。1 shows an example of a layer configuration of a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention. 本発明の光学積層体の層構成の一例を示す。1 shows an example of a layer configuration of the optical laminate of the present invention. 本発明の光学積層体の層構成の一例を示す。1 shows an example of a layer configuration of the optical laminate of the present invention. 本発明の光学積層体の層構成の一例を示す。1 shows an example of a layer configuration of the optical laminate of the present invention. 本発明の光学積層体の層構成の一例を示す。1 shows an example of a layer configuration of the optical laminate of the present invention.
<粘着剤組成物>
 本発明の粘着剤組成物は、インドール構造を有する構造単位を含有する樹脂(A)を含有する。本発明の粘着剤組成物は、さらに、架橋剤(B)、シラン化合物(D)、帯電防止剤等を含んでいてもよい。
<Adhesive composition>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present invention contains a resin (A) containing a structural unit having an indole structure. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present invention may further contain a crosslinking agent (B), a silane compound (D), an antistatic agent and the like.
<樹脂(A)>
 本発明の樹脂(A)は、インドール構造を有する構造単位を含有する樹脂であり、インドール構造を有する光選択吸収化合物に由来する構造単位を含有する樹脂であることが好ましい。
<Resin (A)>
The resin (A) of the present invention is a resin containing a structural unit having an indole structure, and is preferably a resin containing a structural unit derived from a light selective absorption compound having an indole structure.
 樹脂(A)のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、40℃以下であることが好ましく、20℃以下であることがより好ましく、10℃以下であることがさらに好ましく、0℃以下であることが特に好ましい。また、樹脂(A)のガラス転移温度は通常-80℃以上であり、-60℃以上であることが好ましく、-50℃以上であることがより好ましい。樹脂(A)のガラス転移温度が40℃以下であると、樹脂(A)を含む粘着剤組成物から形成される粘着剤層の被着体に対する密着性の向上に有利である。また、樹脂(A)のガラス転移温度が-80℃以上であると、樹脂(A)を含む粘着剤組成物から形成される粘着剤層の耐久性の向上に有利である。なお、ガラス転移温度は示差走査熱量計(DSC)により測定できる。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the resin (A) is preferably 40 ° C. or lower, more preferably 20 ° C. or lower, further preferably 10 ° C. or lower, and particularly preferably 0 ° C. or lower. preferable. Further, the glass transition temperature of the resin (A) is usually -80 ° C or higher, preferably -60 ° C or higher, more preferably -50 ° C or higher. When the glass transition temperature of the resin (A) is 40 ° C. or lower, it is advantageous for improving the adhesion of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin (A) to an adherend. Further, when the glass transition temperature of the resin (A) is -80 ° C or more, it is advantageous for improving the durability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin (A). The glass transition temperature can be measured by a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC).
 樹脂(A)は、下記式(1)を満たす樹脂であることが好ましい。
ε(405)≧ 0.02 (1)
[式(1)中、ε(405)は波長405nmにおける樹脂のグラム吸光係数を表す。グラム吸光係数の単位はL/(g・cm)である。]
 なお、樹脂(A)のグラム吸光度係数は、実施例に記載の方法で測定できる。
The resin (A) is preferably a resin satisfying the following formula (1).
ε (405) ≧ 0.02 (1)
[In equation (1), ε (405) represents the gram extinction coefficient of the resin at a wavelength of 405 nm. The unit of the gram extinction coefficient is L / (g · cm). ]
The gram absorbance coefficient of the resin (A) can be measured by the method described in Examples.
 樹脂(A)におけるε(405)の値が大きいほど波長405nmの光を吸収しやすい。ε(405)の値は0.02L/(g・cm)以上であることが好ましく、0.1L/(g・cm)以上であることがより好ましく、0.2L/(g・cm)以上であることがさらにより好ましく、通常10L/(g・cm)以下である。
 樹脂(A)を含む粘着剤組成物を有機EL表示装置や液晶表示装置等の表示装置に適用した場合に、樹脂(A)のε(405)が0.02L/(g・cm)以上であると、400nm付近の可視光の吸収性能が良好であることから、有機EL表示装置や液晶表示装置等の表示装置に用いられる位相差フィルムや有機EL発光素子の可視光による劣化を抑制することができる。
The larger the value of ε (405) in the resin (A), the more easily light having a wavelength of 405 nm is absorbed. The value of ε (405) is preferably 0.02 L / (g · cm) or more, more preferably 0.1 L / (g · cm) or more, and 0.2 L / (g · cm) or more. Is still more preferable, and is usually 10 L / (g · cm) or less.
When the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin (A) is applied to a display device such as an organic EL display device or a liquid crystal display device, when the ε (405) of the resin (A) is 0.02 L / (g · cm) or more, In some cases, since the absorption performance of visible light near 400 nm is good, the deterioration of the retardation film or the organic EL light-emitting element used in a display device such as an organic EL display device or a liquid crystal display device due to visible light is suppressed. Can be.
 樹脂(A)は、下記式(2)を満たす樹脂であることが好ましい。
ε(405)/ε(440)≧ 5 (2)
[式(2)中、ε(405)は波長405nmにおける樹脂のグラム吸光係数を表し、ε(440)は波長440nmにおける樹脂のグラム吸光係数を表す。]
 樹脂(A)は、ε(405)/ε(440)の値が大きいほど400nm付近の波長の光を選択的に吸収することができる。ε(405)/ε(440)の値は5以上が好ましく、10以上がより好ましく、30以上がさらに好ましい。
 樹脂(A)のε(405)/ε(440)が5以上であると、樹脂(A)を含有する粘着剤組成物を有機EL表示装置や液晶表示装置等の表示装置に適用した場合に、表示装置の色彩表現を阻害することなく、400nm付近の光を吸収し位相差フィルムの光劣化を抑制することができる。
The resin (A) is preferably a resin satisfying the following formula (2).
ε (405) / ε (440) ≧ 5 (2)
[In equation (2), ε (405) represents the gram extinction coefficient of the resin at a wavelength of 405 nm, and ε (440) represents the gram extinction coefficient of the resin at a wavelength of 440 nm. ]
The larger the value of ε (405) / ε (440), the resin (A) can selectively absorb light having a wavelength near 400 nm. The value of ε (405) / ε (440) is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and even more preferably 30 or more.
When ε (405) / ε (440) of the resin (A) is 5 or more, when the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin (A) is applied to a display device such as an organic EL display device or a liquid crystal display device. In addition, light near 400 nm can be absorbed and light deterioration of the retardation film can be suppressed without hindering the color expression of the display device.
 樹脂(A)は、主鎖にインドール構造を有する構造単位を含有していてもよいし、側鎖にインドール構造を有する構造単位を含有していてもよい。樹脂(A)は、側鎖にインドール構造を有する構造単位を含有することが好ましい。 (4) The resin (A) may contain a structural unit having an indole structure in the main chain, or may contain a structural unit having an indole structure in a side chain. The resin (A) preferably contains a structural unit having an indole structure in a side chain.
 側鎖にインドール構造を有する構造単位としては、特に限定されないが、重合性基とインドール構造とを有する化合物に由来の構造単位であることが好ましい。重合性基とインドール構造とを有する化合物に由来の構造単位は、重合性基とインドール構造とを有する光選択吸収化合物に由来の構造単位であることが好ましい。 構造 The structural unit having an indole structure in the side chain is not particularly limited, but is preferably a structural unit derived from a compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure. The structural unit derived from a compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure is preferably a structural unit derived from a light selective absorption compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure.
 重合性基とインドール構造とを有する光選択吸収化合物は、下記式(1-a)を満たすことが好ましく、さらに式(2-a)を満たすことがより好ましい。
ε(405)≧ 5  (1-a)
[式(1-a)中、ε(405)は波長405nmにおける重合性基とインドール構造とを有する化合物のグラム吸光係数を表す。グラム吸光係数の単位はL/(g・cm)である。]
ε(405)/ε(440)≧ 10   (2-a)
[式(2-a)中、ε(405)は波長405nmにおける重合性基とインドール構造とを有する化合物のグラム吸光係数を表し、ε(440)は波長440nmにおける重合性基とインドール構造とを有する化合物のグラム吸光係数を表す。]
The light selective absorption compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure preferably satisfies the following formula (1-a), and more preferably satisfies the following formula (2-a).
ε (405) ≧ 5 (1-a)
[In the formula (1-a), ε (405) represents a gram extinction coefficient of a compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure at a wavelength of 405 nm. The unit of the gram extinction coefficient is L / (g · cm). ]
ε (405) / ε (440) ≧ 10 (2-a)
[In the formula (2-a), ε (405) represents a gram extinction coefficient of a compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure at a wavelength of 405 nm, and ε (440) represents a polymerizable group and an indole structure at a wavelength of 440 nm. It represents the gram extinction coefficient of the compound having. ]
 重合性基とインドール構造とを有する化合物は、ε(405)の値が5L/(g・cm)以上であることが好ましく、10L/(g・cm)以上であることがより好ましく、20L/(g・cm)以上であることがさらに好ましく、30L/(g・cm)以上であることがさらにより好ましく、通常500L/(g・cm)以下である。ε(405)の値が大きい化合物ほど波長405nmの光を吸収しやすく、紫外線や短波長の可視光による劣化抑制機能を発現しやすい。
 重合性基とインドール構造とを有する化合物は、ε(405)/ε(440)の値が10以上であることが好ましく、15以上であることがより好ましい。ε(405)/ε(440)の値が大きい化合物ほど、表示装置の色彩表現を阻害することなく、405nm付近の光を吸収し位相差フィルムや有機EL素子等の表示装置の光劣化を抑制することができる。
The compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure has a value of ε (405) of preferably 5 L / (g · cm) or more, more preferably 10 L / (g · cm) or more, and more preferably 20 L / (g · cm). (G · cm) or more, more preferably 30 L / (g · cm) or more, and usually 500 L / (g · cm) or less. A compound having a larger value of ε (405) is more likely to absorb light having a wavelength of 405 nm, and is more likely to exhibit a function of suppressing deterioration caused by ultraviolet light or visible light having a short wavelength.
The compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure preferably has a value of ε (405) / ε (440) of 10 or more, more preferably 15 or more. A compound having a larger value of ε (405) / ε (440) absorbs light near 405 nm and suppresses light deterioration of a display device such as a retardation film or an organic EL element without hindering color expression of the display device. can do.
 側鎖にインドール構造を有する構造単位は、式(I)で表される化合物に由来する構造単位又は式(II)で表される化合物に由来する構造単位であることが好ましく、式(I)で表される化合物に由来する構造単位であることがさらに好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000011
[式(I)中、R、R、R、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-NR1A-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-又は-CF-に置換されていてもよい。
 R1Aは、水素原子、炭素数1~25のアルキル基又は炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基表す。
 Eは、電子求引性基を表す。
 Zは、連結基を表す。
 Aは、重合性基を表す。
 式(II)中、R12及びR17は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-NR11A-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-又は-CF-に置換されていてもよい。
 R11、R13、R14、R15及びR16は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、重合性基を含む基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-NR12A-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-又は-CF-に置換されていてもよい。
 ただし、R11、R13、R14、R15及びR16のうち、少なくとも一つは、重合性基を含む基を表す。
 R11A及びR12Aは、それぞれ独立して、素原子、炭素数1~25のアルキル基又は炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基表す。
 E11は、電子求引性基を表す。]
The structural unit having an indole structure in the side chain is preferably a structural unit derived from the compound represented by the formula (I) or a structural unit derived from the compound represented by the formula (II). More preferably, it is a structural unit derived from the compound represented by the formula:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000011
[In the formula (I), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, A carboxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; —CH 2 — contained in the hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —NR 1A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S—, or —CF 2 —. Good.
R 1A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
E 1 represents an electron-withdrawing group.
Z represents a linking group.
A represents a polymerizable group.
In the formula (II), R 12 and R 17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, or an optionally substituted carbon atom. Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a number of 1 to 25 or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 to 18 which may have a substituent, and is included in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group; CH 2 — may be substituted by —NR 11A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S— or —CF 2 —.
R 11 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a group containing a polymerizable group, Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; Alternatively, —CH 2 — included in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —NR 12A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S—, or —CF 2 —.
However, at least one of R 11 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
R 11A and R 12A each independently represent an elementary atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
E 11 represents an electron-withdrawing group. ]
 E及びE11で表される電子求引性基としては、例えば、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、ハロゲン原子で置換されたアルキル基、式(I-1)で表される基等が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000012
[式中、R111は、水素原子又は炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表し、該アルキル基に含まれるメチレン基の少なくとも1つは酸素原子に置換されていてもよい。
 Xは、-CO-*3、-COO-*3、-CS-*3、-CSS-*3、-CSNR112-*3、-CONR113-*3、-CNR114-*3又は-SO-*3を表す。
 R112、R113及びR114は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素数1~6のアルキル基又はフェニル基を表す。
 *3はR111との結合手を表す。
 *は炭素原子との結合手を表す。]
Examples of the electron withdrawing group represented by E 1 and E 11 include a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom, and a group represented by the formula (I-1). No.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000012
[Wherein, R 111 represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, and at least one of the methylene groups contained in the alkyl group may be substituted with an oxygen atom.
X 1 is, -CO- * 3, -COO- * 3 , -CS- * 3, -CSS- * 3, -CSNR 112 - * 3, -CONR 113 - * 3, -CNR 114 - * 3 or - Represents SO 2- * 3.
R 112 , R 113 and R 114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a phenyl group.
* 3 represents a bond to R 111.
* Represents a bond to a carbon atom. ]
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。
 ハロゲン原子で置換されたアルキル基としては、例えば、モノフルオロメチル基、モノフルオロエチル基、モノクロロメチル基、モノクロロエチル基、モノブロモメチル基、モノブロモエチル基、モノヨードメチル基、モノヨードエチル基、ジフルオロメチル基、ジフルオロエチル基、ジクロロメチル基、ジクロロエチル基、ジブロモメチル基、ジブロモエチル基、ジヨードメチル基、ジヨードエチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、トリクロロメチル基、トリブロモメチル基、トリヨードメチル基のハロゲン化アルキル基等が挙げられる。ハロゲン原子で置換されたアルキル基の炭素数としては、通常1~25である。
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
Examples of the alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom include a monofluoromethyl group, a monofluoroethyl group, a monochloromethyl group, a monochloroethyl group, a monobromomethyl group, a monobromoethyl group, a monoiodomethyl group, and a monoiodoethyl group. , Difluoromethyl group, difluoroethyl group, dichloromethyl group, dichloroethyl group, dibromomethyl group, dibromoethyl group, diiodomethyl group, diiodoethyl group, trifluoromethyl group, trichloromethyl group, tribromomethyl group, triiodomethyl group And a halogenated alkyl group. The carbon number of the alkyl group substituted by a halogen atom is usually 1 to 25.
 R111で表される炭素数1~25の炭化水素基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基、n-オクチル基、イソオクチル基、n-ノニル基、イソノニル基、n-デシル基、イソデシル基、n-ドデシル基、イソドデシル基、ウンデシル基、ミリスチル基、セチル基、ステアリル基等の炭素数1~25の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基:シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等の炭素数3~25のシクロアルキル基;シクロプロピルメチル基、シクロヘキシルメチル基等の炭素数4~25のシクロアルキルアルキル基;フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基、ビフェニル基等の炭素数6~25のアリール基;ベンジル基、フェニルエチル基、ナフチルメチル基、フェニル等の炭素数7~25のアラルキル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 111 include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, tert-butyl group, sec-butyl group, and n-pentyl. Group, isopentyl group, n-hexyl group, isohexyl group, n-octyl group, isooctyl group, n-nonyl group, isononyl group, n-decyl group, isodecyl group, n-dodecyl group, isododecyl group, undecyl group, myristyl group Linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms such as cetyl group, stearyl group and the like: cycloalkyl group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms such as cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group; cyclopropylmethyl A cycloalkylalkyl group having 4 to 25 carbon atoms, such as a cyclohexylmethyl group; a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, An aryl group having 6 to 25 carbon atoms such as a tracenyl group and a biphenyl group; and an aralkyl group having 7 to 25 carbon atoms such as a benzyl group, a phenylethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, and phenyl.
 R112、R113及びR114で表される炭素数1~6のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 112 , R 113 and R 114 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a sec-butyl group. And the like.
 Zで表される連結基は、2価の連結基であれば特に限定されない。 The linking group represented by Z is not particularly limited as long as it is a divalent linking group.
 Aで表される重合性基は、特に限定されない。例えば、カチオン重合性基であってもよいし、アニオン重合性基であってもよいし、ラジカル重合性基であってもよい。より具体的には、エチニル基等のアルキニル基;エポキシ基;オキセタニル基;ビニルエーテル基;アクリロニトリル基;メタアクリロニトリル基;ビニル基、α―メチルビニル基、アクリロイル基、メタアクリロイル基、アリル基、スチリル基、アクリルアミド基、メタアクリルアミド基等のエチレン性不飽和基等が挙げられる。 The polymerizable group represented by A is not particularly limited. For example, it may be a cationic polymerizable group, an anionic polymerizable group, or a radical polymerizable group. More specifically, alkynyl groups such as ethynyl group; epoxy group; oxetanyl group; vinyl ether group; acrylonitrile group; methacrylonitrile group; vinyl group, α-methylvinyl group, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, allyl group, styryl group. And ethylenically unsaturated groups such as acrylamide group and methacrylamide group.
 R~R、R11~R17で表されるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。
 R~R、R11~R17で表される複素環基としては、複素環から水素原子を一つ除いた基が挙げられる。具体的には、ピロリジン環基、ピロリン環基、イミダゾリジン環基、イミダゾリン環基、オキサゾリン環基、チアゾリン環基、ピペリジン環基、モルホリン環基、ピペラジン環基、インドール環基、イソインドール環基、キノリン環基、チオフェン環基、ピロール環基、チアゾリン環基及びフラン環基、ピリジン環基、ジオキサン環基、モルホリン環基、チアジン環基、トリアゾール環基、テトラゾール環基、ジオキソフラン環基、ピラジン環基、プリン環基、等の炭素数4~30の脂肪族複素環基又は炭素数3~20の芳香族複素環基等が挙げられる。これらの複素環基は不飽和結合が水添された構造でもよく、またさらに環状骨格が縮環された構造(例えばベンゾイミダール環やベンゾイミダゾール環)、複素環上の水素原子がさらに複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基等で置換されたものでもよい。
Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 1 to R 6 and R 11 to R 17 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
Examples of the heterocyclic groups represented by R 1 to R 6 and R 11 to R 17 include groups obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a heterocyclic ring. Specifically, a pyrrolidine ring group, a pyrroline ring group, an imidazoline ring group, an imidazoline ring group, an oxazoline ring group, a thiazoline ring group, a piperidine ring group, a morpholine ring group, a piperazine ring group, an indole ring group, and an isoindole ring group , Quinoline ring group, thiophene ring group, pyrrole ring group, thiazoline ring group and furan ring group, pyridine ring group, dioxane ring group, morpholine ring group, thiazine ring group, triazole ring group, tetrazole ring group, dioxofuran ring group, pyrazine An aliphatic heterocyclic group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a ring group, a purine ring group, and the like, are exemplified. These heterocyclic groups may have a structure in which an unsaturated bond is hydrogenated, a structure in which a cyclic skeleton is condensed (for example, a benzimidal ring or a benzimidazole ring), and a hydrogen atom in the heterocycle is further heterocyclic. It may be substituted with a group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group or the like.
 R~R、R11~R17で表される炭素数1~25の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基、n-オクチル基、イソオクチル基、n-ノニル基、イソノニル基、n-デシル基、イソデシル基、n-ドデシル基、イソドデシル基、ウンデシル基、ミリスチル基、セチル基、ステアリル基等の炭素数1~25の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキル基:シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等の炭素数3~25のシクロアルキル基;シクロプロピルメチル基、シクロヘキシルメチル基等の炭素数4~25のシクロアルキルアルキル基等が挙げられ、溶解性の観点から、2-エチルヘキシル基や2-ブチルオクチル基等の炭素数3~25の分岐鎖のアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 R~R、R11~R17で表される炭素数1~25の脂肪族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基としては、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、アセトアミド基、アミノ基、炭素数1~12のアルキルアミノ基等が挙げられる。複素環基としては、Rで表される複素環基と同様のものが挙げられる。
Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 1 to R 6 and R 11 to R 17 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, and a tert- group. Butyl, sec-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, n-nonyl, isononyl, n-decyl, isodecyl, n- A linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, such as a dodecyl group, an isododecyl group, an undecyl group, a myristyl group, a cetyl group, a stearyl group; A cycloalkyl group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms; a cycloalkylalkyl group having 4 to 25 carbon atoms such as a cyclopropylmethyl group and a cyclohexylmethyl group; From the viewpoint of solubility, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 25 carbon atoms such as a 2-ethylhexyl group and a 2-butyloctyl group is preferable.
Examples of the substituent which the aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms represented by R 1 to R 6 and R 11 to R 17 may have include a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group and a cyano group. , A hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an acetamido group, an amino group, and an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. As the heterocyclic group, those similar to the heterocyclic group represented by R 1 can be mentioned.
 R~R、R11~R17で表される炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基、ビフェニル基、メチルフェニル基等の炭素数6~18のアリール基;ベンジル基、フェニルエチル基、ナフチルメチル基、フェノキシ基等の炭素数7~18のアラルキル基等が挙げられる。R~R、R11~R17で表される炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-が-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-又は-CF-で置き換わった基としては、フェノキシ基、ナフチルオキシ基等のアルールオキシ基等が挙げられる。波長選択性の観点から、R~R、R11~R17で表される炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数7~18のアラルキル基又は炭素数6~18のアリールオキシ基であることが好ましく、ベンジル基又は炭素数6~18のアリールオキシ基であることがより好ましい。
 R~R、R11~R17で表される炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基としては、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、アセトアミド基、アミノ基、炭素数1~12のアルキルアミノ基等が挙げられる。複素環基としては、Rで表される複素環基と同様のものが挙げられる。
The aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 1 to R 6 and R 11 to R 17 includes 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, a biphenyl group and a methylphenyl group. And an aryl group having 18; an aralkyl group having 7 to 18 carbon atoms such as a benzyl group, a phenylethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, and a phenoxy group. -CH 2- contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 1 to R 6 and R 11 to R 17 is -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -S- Alternatively, examples of the group replaced with —CF 2 — include an aroxy group such as a phenoxy group and a naphthyloxy group. From the viewpoint of wavelength selectivity, the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 1 to R 6 and R 11 to R 17 is an aralkyl group having 7 to 18 carbon atoms or 6 to 18 carbon atoms. And more preferably a benzyl group or an aryloxy group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
Examples of the substituent which the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 1 to R 6 and R 11 to R 17 may have include a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group and a cyano group. , A hydroxy group, a carboxy group, an acetamido group, an amino group, and an alkylamino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. As the heterocyclic group, those similar to the heterocyclic group represented by R 1 can be mentioned.
 R11、R13、R14、R15及びR16で表される重合性基を含む基としては、末端に重合性基を有する基であれば特に限定されないが、具体的には、式(I-2)で表される基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000013
[式(I-2)中、Xは、重合性基を表す。
 R115は、炭素数1~12のアルカンジイル基を表し、該アルカンジイル基に含まれる-CH-は、-O-、-CO-、-CS-又は-NR116-に置き換わっていてもよい。
 R116は、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
*は炭素原子又は窒素原子との結合手を表す。]
The group containing a polymerizable group represented by R 11 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 is not particularly limited as long as it is a group having a polymerizable group at a terminal, and specifically, a compound represented by the formula ( And groups represented by I-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000013
[In the formula (I-2), X 2 represents a polymerizable group.
R 115 represents an alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — contained in the alkanediyl group may be replaced by —O—, —CO—, —CS— or —NR 116 —. Good.
R 116 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
* Represents a bond to a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom. ]
 Xで表される重合性基としては、Aで表される重合性基と同じものが挙げられ、好ましくは、ビニル基、α―メチルビニル基、アクリロイル基、メタアクリロイル基、アリル基、スチリル基、アクリルアミド基、メタアクリルアミド基等のエチレン性不飽和基である。
 R115で表される炭素数1~12のアルカンジイル基としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロパン-1,3-ジイル基、ブタン-1,4-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,5-ジイル基及びヘキサン-1,6-ジイル基、エタン-1,1-ジイル基、プロパン-1,2-ジイル基、ブタン-1,3-ジイル基、2-メチルプロパン-1,3-ジイル基、2-メチルプロパン-1,2-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,4-ジイル基及び2-メチルブタン-1,4-ジイル基等が挙げられる。
 R116で表される炭素数1~6のアルキル基としては、R112で表される炭素数1~6のアルキル基と同じものが挙げられる。
Examples of the polymerizable group represented by X 2 include the same as the polymerizable group represented by A, and preferably include a vinyl group, an α-methylvinyl group, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, an allyl group, and styryl. And ethylenically unsaturated groups such as a acrylamide group and a methacrylamide group.
The alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by R 115 includes a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propane-1,3-diyl group, a butane-1,4-diyl group, a pentane-1,5-diyl group And hexane-1,6-diyl, ethane-1,1-diyl, propane-1,2-diyl, butane-1,3-diyl, 2-methylpropane-1,3-diyl, 2 -Methylpropane-1,2-diyl group, pentane-1,4-diyl group and 2-methylbutane-1,4-diyl group.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 116 include the same as the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 112 .
 R11、R13、R14、R15及びR16のうち、少なくとも一つは重合性基を含む基を表す。
 R13、R14、R15及びR16のうち少なくとも一つが重合性基を含む基であることが好ましく、R13、R14、R15又はR16のいずれか一つが重合性基を含む基であることがより好ましい。
At least one of R 11 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
At least one of R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 is preferably a group containing a polymerizable group, and any one of R 13 , R 14 , R 15 or R 16 is a group containing a polymerizable group. Is more preferable.
 Rは、炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基又は複素環基であることが好ましく、炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基又は炭素数3~20の芳香族複素環基であることがより好ましい。
 Aで表される重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和基であることが好ましい。
 E及びE11は、それぞれ独立して、シアノ基であることが好ましい。
R 2 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic group, and is an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Is more preferable.
The polymerizable group represented by A is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group.
Preferably, E 1 and E 11 are each independently a cyano group.
 式(I)で表される化合物は、式(III)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000014
[R、R、R、R、R及びEは、上記と同じ意味を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、シアノ基、メチル基又はフェニル基を表す。
 Zは、炭素数1~12のアルカンジイル基、炭素数6~18の2価の芳香族炭化水素基、-O-R2A-*1、-S-R2B-*1又は-NR1D-R2C-*1を表す。
 Zは、単結合、*2-CO-O-、*2-O-CO-、*2-S(=O)-、*2-O-SO-、*2-CO-NR1B-、*2-NR1C-CO-、*2-R2DO-P(=O)-OR2E-、*2-NR1E-CO-O-、*2-O-CO-NR1F-、*2-(OR2Fs1-、*2-CO-S-、*2-S-CO-又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルカンジイル基を表す。
 R1B、R1C、1D、R1E及びR1Fは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
 R2A、R2B、R2C、R2D、R2E及びR2Fは、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~18の2価の炭化水素基を表す。
 *1は、Zとの結合手を表す。
 *2は、Zとの結合手を表す。]
The compound represented by the formula (I) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000014
[R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and E 1 represent the same meaning as described above.
R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a phenyl group.
Z 1 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, —OR 2A — * 1, —SR 2B — * 1, or —NR 1D Represents -R 2C- * 1.
Z 2 is a single bond, * 2-CO-O-, * 2-O-CO-, * 2-S (= O) 2- , * 2-O-SO 2- , * 2-CO-NR 1B -, * 2-NR 1C -CO-, * 2-R 2D OP (= O) -OR 2E- , * 2-NR 1E -CO-O-, * 2-O-CO-NR 1F- , * 2- (OR 2F ) s1- , * 2-CO-S-, * 2-S-CO- or a perfluoroalkanediyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
R 1B , R 1C, R 1D , R 1E and R 1F each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
R 2A , R 2B , R 2C , R 2D , R 2E and R 2F each independently represent a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
* 1 represents a binding position to Z 2.
* 2 represents a bond to Z 1. ]
 Zで表される炭素数1~12のアルカンジイル基としては、R115で表される炭素数1~12のアルカンジイル基と同じものが挙げられる。
 Zで表される炭素数6~18の2価の芳香族炭化水素基としては、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基等が挙げられる。
As the alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Z 1 , the same alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by R 115 can be mentioned.
Examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms represented by Z 1 include a phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
 R1B、R1C、1D、R1E及びR1Fで表される炭素数1~6のアルキル基としては、R112で表される炭素数1~6のアルキル基と同じものが挙げられる。
 R2A、R2B、R2C、R2D、R2E及びR2Fで表される炭素数1~18の2価の炭化水素基としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロパン-1,3-ジイル基、ブタン-1,4-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,5-ジイル基及びヘキサン-1,6-ジイル基、エタン-1,1-ジイル基、プロパン-1,2-ジイル基、ブタン-1,3-ジイル基、2-メチルプロパン-1,3-ジイル基、2-メチルプロパン-1,2-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,4-ジイル基及び2-メチルブタン-1,4-ジイル基等の炭素数1~18のアルカンジイル基;フェニレン基、ナフチレン基等の炭素数6~18の2価の芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 1B , R 1C, R 1D , R 1E and R 1F include the same alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 112 .
Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms represented by R 2A , R 2B , R 2C , R 2D , R 2E and R 2F include a methylene group, an ethylene group and a propane-1,3-diyl group. , Butane-1,4-diyl, pentane-1,5-diyl, hexane-1,6-diyl, ethane-1,1-diyl, propane-1,2-diyl, butane-1, 3-diyl group, 2-methylpropane-1,3-diyl group, 2-methylpropane-1,2-diyl group, pentane-1,4-diyl group and 2-methylbutane-1,4-diyl group An alkanediyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms; a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
 Zは、-O-R2A-*1(より好ましくはR2Aが炭素数1~8のアルカンジイル基、さらに好ましくは炭素数4~8のアルカンジイル基)であることが好ましい。
 Zは、*2-O-CO-、*2-O-SO-、*2-NR1C-CO-(より好ましくはR1Cが水素原子)であることが好ましい。
Z 1 is preferably —OR 2A — * 1 (more preferably, R 2A is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, further preferably alkanediyl group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms).
Z 2 is preferably * 2-O-CO-, * 2-O-SO 2- , * 2-NR 1C -CO- (more preferably, R 1C is a hydrogen atom).
 式(II)で表される化合物は、式(IV)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000015
[R11、R12、R13、R14、R15、R16、R17及びE11は、上記と同じ意味を表す。ただし、R13、R14、R15及びR16のうち、少なくとも一つは、重合性基を含む基を表す。]
The compound represented by the formula (II) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (IV).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000015
[R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 and E 11 represent the same meaning as described above. However, at least one of R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 represents a group containing a polymerizable group. ]
 式(I)で表される化合物としては、以下に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000016
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (I) include the compounds described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000023


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000023


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000024
 式(II)で表される化合物としては、以下に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000025
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (II) include the compounds described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000025


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000026


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000031
 Aがエチレン性不飽和基である式(I)で表される化合物は、例えば、式(Ia)で表される化合物と式(c1)で表される化合物とを反応させることで得ることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000032
[式(Ia)中の、R、R、R、R、R、R及びEは上記と同じ意味を表す。式(c)中のZは2価の連結基を表し、Aはエチレン性重合性基を表す。]
The compound represented by the formula (I) wherein A is an ethylenically unsaturated group can be obtained, for example, by reacting a compound represented by the formula (Ia) with a compound represented by the formula (c1). it can.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000032
[In the formula (Ia), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and E 1 represent the same meaning as described above. Z 3 in the formula (c) represents a divalent linking group, and A 1 represents an ethylenic polymerizable group. ]
 式(c1)で表される化合物の使用量は、式(Ia)で表される化合物1モルに対して、0.5~5モルであることが好ましい。
 式(Ia)で表される化合物と式(c1)で表される化合物との反応は、公知のエステル化反応を使用することができるが、塩基及びカルボジイミド縮合剤の存在下で行うことが好ましい。塩基としては、例えば、トリエチルアミン、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン、ピリジン、ピペリジン、ピロリジン、プロリン、N,N-ジメチルアミノピリジン、等が挙げられる。カルボジイミド縮合剤としては、N,N-ジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド、N,N-ジイソプロピルカルボジイミド、1-エチルー3-(3-ジメチルアミノプロピル)カルボジイミド塩酸塩等が挙げられる。塩基の使用量は、式(Ia)で表される化合物1モルに対して、0.001~0.5モルであることが好ましい。カルボジイミド縮合剤の使用量は、式(Ia)で表される化合物1モルに対して、0.5~5モルであることが好ましい。
 式(Ia)で表される化合物と式(c1)で表される化合物との反応は、有機溶媒中で行うことが好ましい。有機溶媒としては、トルエン、アセトニトリル、ジクロロメタン、トリクロロメタン等が挙げられる。
The amount of the compound represented by the formula (c1) is preferably 0.5 to 5 mol based on 1 mol of the compound represented by the formula (Ia).
The reaction between the compound represented by the formula (Ia) and the compound represented by the formula (c1) can use a known esterification reaction, but is preferably performed in the presence of a base and a carbodiimide condensing agent. . Examples of the base include triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, proline, N, N-dimethylaminopyridine, and the like. Examples of the carbodiimide condensing agent include N, N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, N, N-diisopropylcarbodiimide, 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride, and the like. The amount of the base to be used is preferably 0.001 to 0.5 mol per 1 mol of the compound represented by the formula (Ia). The amount of the carbodiimide condensing agent to be used is preferably 0.5 to 5 mol per 1 mol of the compound represented by the formula (Ia).
The reaction between the compound represented by the formula (Ia) and the compound represented by the formula (c1) is preferably performed in an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include toluene, acetonitrile, dichloromethane, trichloromethane and the like.
 式(c1)で表される化合物に含まれるエチレン性不飽和基同士の反応を阻害するために、重合禁止剤を添加してもよい。重合禁止剤としては、例えば、2,6-ジ-t-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール(BHT)、4-メトキシフェノール等が挙げられる。 重合 A polymerization inhibitor may be added to inhibit the reaction between ethylenically unsaturated groups contained in the compound represented by the formula (c1). Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylphenol (BHT), 4-methoxyphenol and the like.
 式(Ia)で表される化合物と(c1)で表される化合物との反応は、式(Ia)で表される化合物と(c1)で表される化合物とを混合することで実施される。
 式(Ia)で表される化合物と(c1)で表される化合物との反応温度は-20~120℃であることが好ましく、反応時間は通常1~50時間であることが好ましい。
The reaction between the compound represented by the formula (Ia) and the compound represented by the formula (c1) is carried out by mixing the compound represented by the formula (Ia) and the compound represented by the formula (c1). .
The reaction temperature of the compound represented by the formula (Ia) with the compound represented by the formula (c1) is preferably -20 to 120 ° C., and the reaction time is usually preferably 1 to 50 hours.
 式(Ia)で表される化合物としては、以下に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000033
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (Ia) include the compounds described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000033
 式(c1)で表される化合物としては、アクリル酸-4-ヒドロキシブチル、アクリル酸-2-ヒドロキシエチル等が挙げられる。 化合物 Examples of the compound represented by the formula (c1) include 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate and the like.
 式(Ia)で表される化合物は、式(Ib)で表される化合物と式(c2)で表される化合物とを反応させることで得ることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000034
[式中のR、R、R、R、R、R及びEは上記と同じ意味を表す。]
The compound represented by the formula (Ia) can be obtained by reacting a compound represented by the formula (Ib) with a compound represented by the formula (c2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000034
[Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and E 1 represent the same meaning as described above. ]
 式(c2)で表される化合物の使用量は、式(Ib)で表される化合物1モルに対して、0.5~5モルであることが好ましい。
 式(Ib)で表される化合物と式(c2)で表される化合物との反応は、塩基の存在下で行うことが好ましい。塩基としては、例えば、ピリジン、ピロリジン、ピペリジン、トリエチルアミン、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン等が挙げられる。塩基の使用量は、式(Ib)で表される化合物1モルに対して、0.5~5モルであることが好ましい。
 式(Ib)で表される化合物と式(c2)で表される化合物との反応は、有機溶媒中で行うことが好ましい。有機溶媒としては、アセトニトリル、イソプロパノール、トルエン、トリクロロメタン、ジクロロメタン等が挙げられる。
 式(Ib)で表される化合物と(c2)で表される化合物との反応は、式(Ia)で表される化合物と(c1)で表される化合物とを混合することで実施される。
 式(Ia)で表される化合物と(c1)で表される化合物との反応温度は0~120℃であることが好ましく、反応時間は通常1~50時間であることが好ましい。
The amount of the compound represented by the formula (c2) is preferably 0.5 to 5 mol based on 1 mol of the compound represented by the formula (Ib).
The reaction between the compound represented by the formula (Ib) and the compound represented by the formula (c2) is preferably performed in the presence of a base. Examples of the base include pyridine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine and the like. The amount of the base to be used is preferably 0.5 to 5 mol per 1 mol of the compound represented by the formula (Ib).
The reaction between the compound represented by the formula (Ib) and the compound represented by the formula (c2) is preferably performed in an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include acetonitrile, isopropanol, toluene, trichloromethane, dichloromethane and the like.
The reaction between the compound represented by the formula (Ib) and the compound represented by the formula (c2) is carried out by mixing the compound represented by the formula (Ia) and the compound represented by the formula (c1). .
The reaction temperature between the compound represented by the formula (Ia) and the compound represented by the formula (c1) is preferably 0 to 120 ° C., and the reaction time is usually preferably 1 to 50 hours.
 樹脂(A)は、インドール構造を有する構造単位のホモポリマーであってもよいし、インドール構造を有する構造単位及びその他の構造単位を含むコポリマーであってもよい。樹脂(A)はコポリマーであることが好ましい。
 樹脂(A)がインドール構造を有する構造単位以外に含んでいてもよい構造単位としては、例えば、下記群Aに記載の構造単位が挙げられる。
群A:(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構造単位、スチレン系単量体に由来する構造単位、ビニル系単量体に由来する構造単位、エポキシ化合物に由来する構造単位、式(a)で表される構造単位、式(b)で表される構造単位及び式(c)で表される構造単位
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000035
[式中、Ra1は2価の炭化水素基を表す。
 Rb1及びRb2は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
 Rc1及びRc2は、それぞれ独立して、2価の炭化水素基を表す。]
The resin (A) may be a homopolymer of a structural unit having an indole structure, or a copolymer containing a structural unit having an indole structure and another structural unit. The resin (A) is preferably a copolymer.
Examples of the structural unit that the resin (A) may include in addition to the structural unit having an indole structure include the structural units described in Group A below.
Group A: a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylate, a structural unit derived from a styrene-based monomer, a structural unit derived from a vinyl-based monomer, a structural unit derived from an epoxy compound, and a compound represented by the formula (a) The structural unit represented by the structural unit represented by the formula (b) and the structural unit represented by the formula (c)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000035
[In the formula, R a1 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group.
R b1 and R b2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
R c1 and R c2 each independently represent a divalent hydrocarbon group. ]
 (メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ドデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ラウリル、(メタ)アクリル酸ステアリル、等の(メタ)アクリル酸の直鎖状アルキルエステル;
(メタ)アクリル酸i-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸i-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸t-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸i-ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸i-ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸i-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸i-ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸i-ステアリル、(メタ)アクリル酸i-アミル、等の(メタ)アクリル酸の分枝状アルキルエステル;
(メタ)アクリル酸シクロへキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボロニル、(メタ)アクリル酸アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンタニル、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロドデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸メチルシクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸トリメチルシクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸tert-ブチルシクロヘキシル、α-エトキシアクリル酸シクロヘキシル、等の(メタ)アクリル酸の脂環骨格含有アルキルエステル;
(メタ)アクリル酸フェニル等の(メタ)アクリル酸の芳香環骨格含有エステル;
等が挙げられる。
Examples of the (meth) acrylate include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, n-pentyl (meth) acrylate, N-hexyl (meth) acrylate, n-heptyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, n-decyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid linear alkyl esters of (meth) acrylic acid such as n-dodecyl, lauryl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate;
I-propyl (meth) acrylate, i-butyl (meth) acrylate, t-butyl (meth) acrylate, i-pentyl (meth) acrylate, i-hexyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid Branching of (meth) acrylic acid such as 2-ethylhexyl, i-octyl (meth) acrylate, i-nonyl (meth) acrylate, i-stearyl (meth) acrylate, i-amyl (meth) acrylate Alkyl esters;
Cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, cyclododecyl (meth) acrylate, methylcyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, ( Alicyclic skeleton-containing alkyl esters of (meth) acrylic acid, such as trimethylcyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butylcyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, and cyclohexyl α-ethoxyacrylate;
Aromatic skeleton-containing esters of (meth) acrylic acid such as phenyl (meth) acrylate;
And the like.
 (メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構造単位としては、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルにおけるアルキル基に置換基が導入された置換基含有(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルを挙げることもできる。置換基含有(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルの置換基は、アルキル基の水素原子を置換する基であり、その具体例はフェニル基、アルコキシ基、フェノキシ基を含む。置換基含有(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとして、具体的には、(メタ)アクリル酸2-メトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エトキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸フェノキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-(2-フェノキシエトキシ)エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸フェノキシジエチレングリコール、(メタ)アクリル酸フェノキシポリ(エチレングリコール)等が挙げられる。 構造 As the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid ester, a substituent-containing (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in which a substituent is introduced into the alkyl group in the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester can also be mentioned. The substituent of the substituent-containing alkyl (meth) acrylate is a group that substitutes a hydrogen atom of the alkyl group, and specific examples thereof include a phenyl group, an alkoxy group, and a phenoxy group. Specific examples of the substituent-containing alkyl (meth) acrylate include 2-methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, and 2- (meth) acrylate. (2-phenoxyethoxy) ethyl, phenoxydiethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, phenoxy poly (meth) acrylate (ethylene glycol) and the like.
 これらの(メタ)アクリル酸エステルは、それぞれ単独で用いることができるほか、異なる複数のものを用いてもよい。 These (meth) acrylates can be used alone or in different pluralities.
 本発明の樹脂(A)は、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルの中でもホモポリマーのガラス転移温度Tgが0℃未満である(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル(a1)由来の構成単位、及びホモポリマーのTgが0℃以上である(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル(a2)由来の構成単位を含有することが好ましい。このことは、粘着剤層の高温耐久性を高めるうえで有利である。(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルのホモポリマーのTgは、例えばPOLYMER HANDBOOK(Wiley-Interscience)などの文献値を採用することができる。 The resin (A) of the present invention includes, among the alkyl (meth) acrylates, a homopolymer having a glass transition temperature Tg of less than 0 ° C., a structural unit derived from the alkyl (meth) acrylate (a1), and a homopolymer. It preferably contains a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth) acrylate (a2) having a Tg of 0 ° C. or higher. This is advantageous in increasing the high-temperature durability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. As the Tg of the homopolymer of the alkyl (meth) acrylate, literature values such as POLYMER @ HANDBOOK (Wiley-Interscience) can be adopted.
 (メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル(a1)の具体例は、アクリル酸エチル、アクリル酸n-及びi-プロピル、アクリル酸n-及びi-ブチル、アクリル酸n-ペンチル、アクリル酸n-及びi-へキシル、アクリル酸n-ヘプチル、アクリル酸n-及びi-オクチル、アクリル酸2-エチルへキシル、アクリル酸n-及びi-ノニル、アクリル酸n-及びi-デシル、アクリル酸n-ドデシル等のアルキル基の炭素数が2~12程度の(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルを含む。 Specific examples of the alkyl (meth) acrylate (a1) include ethyl acrylate, n- and i-propyl acrylate, n- and i-butyl acrylate, n-pentyl acrylate, and n- and i-acrylate. Hexyl, n-heptyl acrylate, n- and i-octyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, n- and i-nonyl acrylate, n- and i-decyl acrylate, n-dodecyl acrylate, etc. (Meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters having about 2 to 12 carbon atoms in the alkyl group.
 (メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル(a1)は、1種のみを用いてもよいし2種以上を併用してもよい。なかでも、光学フィルムに積層した際の追従性やリワーク性の観点から、アクリル酸n-ブチル、アクリル酸n-オクチル、アクリル酸2-エチルへキシルなどが好ましい。 ア ル キ ル As the alkyl (meth) acrylate (a1), one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. Among them, n-butyl acrylate, n-octyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and the like are preferable from the viewpoint of followability and reworkability when laminated on an optical film.
 (メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル(a2)は、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル(a1)以外の(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルである。(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル(a2)の具体例は、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、アクリル酸イソボロニル、アクリル酸ステアリル、アクリル酸t-ブチル等を含む。 ア ル キ ル The alkyl (meth) acrylate (a2) is an alkyl (meth) acrylate other than the alkyl (meth) acrylate (a1). Specific examples of the alkyl (meth) acrylate (a2) include methyl acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, isobornyl acrylate, stearyl acrylate, t-butyl acrylate, and the like.
 (メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル(a2)は、1種のみを用いてもよいし2種以上を併用してもよい。中でも、高温耐久性の観点から、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル(a2)は、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、アクリル酸イソボロニル等を含むことが好ましく、アクリル酸メチルを含むことがより好ましい。 ア ル キ ル As the alkyl (meth) acrylate (a2), one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination. Among them, from the viewpoint of high-temperature durability, the alkyl (meth) acrylate (a2) preferably contains methyl acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate, isobornyl acrylate, and the like, and more preferably contains methyl acrylate.
 また、(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来の構造単位としては、極性官能基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構造単位も挙げられる。
 極性官能基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル単量体としては、
(メタ)アクリル酸1-ヒドロキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸1-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸1-ヒドロキシヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸1-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸1-ヒドロキシペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-クロロ-2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-クロロ-2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシー3-フェノキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸5-ヒドロキシペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸5-ヒドロキシヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸5-ヒドロキシヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸5-ヒドロキシオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸5-ヒドロキシノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸6-ヒドロキシヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸6-ヒドロキシヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸6-ヒドロキシオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸6-ヒドロキシノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸6-ヒドロキシデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸7-ヒドロキシヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸7-ヒドロキシオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸7-ヒドロキシノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸7-ヒドロキシデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸7-ヒドロキシウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸8-ヒドロキシオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸8-ヒドロキシノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸8-ヒドロキシデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸8-ヒドロキシウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸8-ヒドロキシドデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸9-ヒドロキシノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸9-ヒドロキシデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸9-ヒドロキシウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸9-ヒドロキシドデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸9-ヒドロキシトリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸10-ヒドロキシデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸10-ヒドロキシウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸10-ヒドロキシドデシル、アクリル酸10-ヒドロキシトリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸10-ヒドロキシテトラデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸11-ヒドロキシウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸11-ヒドロキシドデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸11-ヒドロキシトリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸11-ヒドロキシテトラデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸11-ヒドロキシペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸12-ヒドロキシドデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸12-ヒドロキシトリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸12-ヒドロキシテトラデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸13-ヒドロキシペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸13-ヒドロキシテトラデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸13-ヒドロキシペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸14-ヒドロキシテトラデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸14-ヒドロキシペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸15-ヒドロキシペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸15-ヒドロキシヘプタデシル等のヒドロキシ基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル等が挙げられる。
Examples of the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylate include a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylate having a polar functional group.
As the (meth) acrylate monomer having a polar functional group,
1-hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 1-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 1-hydroxyheptyl (meth) acrylate, 1-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 1-hydroxypentyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypentyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyhexyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypentyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxyhexyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxyheptyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) 4-hydroxypentyl acrylate, 4-hydroxyhexyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxyheptyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxyoctyl (meth) acrylate, 2-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate 3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 5-hydroxypentyl (meth) acrylate, 5-hydroxyhexyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) ) 5-hydroxyheptyl acrylate, 5-hydroxyoctyl (meth) acrylate, 5-hydroxynonyl (meth) acrylate, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth) acrylate, 6-hydroxyheptyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) ) 6-hydroxyoctyl acrylate, (meth) 6-hydroxynonyl acrylate, 6-hydroxydecyl (meth) acrylate, 7-hydroxyheptyl (meth) acrylate, 7-hydroxyoctyl (meth) acrylate, 7-hydroxynonyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) 7-hydroxydecyl acrylate, 7-hydroxyundecyl (meth) acrylate, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth) acrylate, 8-hydroxynonyl (meth) acrylate, 8-hydroxydecyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) ) 8-hydroxyundecyl acrylate, 8-hydroxydodecyl (meth) acrylate, 9-hydroxynonyl (meth) acrylate, 9-hydroxydecyl (meth) acrylate, 9-hydroxyundecyl (meth) acrylate, 9-hydroxydodecyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) 9-hydroxytridecyl acrylate, 10-hydroxydecyl (meth) acrylate, 10-hydroxyundecyl (meth) acrylate, 10-hydroxydodecyl (meth) acrylate, 10-hydroxytridecyl acrylate, (meth) 10-hydroxytetradecyl acrylate, 11-hydroxyundecyl (meth) acrylate, 11-hydroxydodecyl (meth) acrylate, 11-hydroxytridecyl (meth) acrylate, 11-hydroxytetradecyl (meth) acrylate 11-hydroxypentadecyl (meth) acrylate, 12-hydroxydodecyl (meth) acrylate, 12-hydroxytridecyl (meth) acrylate, 12-hydroxytetradecyl (meth) acrylate, 13 (meth) acrylic acid -Hydroxypentadecyl 13-hydroxytetradecyl (meth) acrylate, 13-hydroxypentadecyl (meth) acrylate, 14-hydroxytetradecyl (meth) acrylate, 14-hydroxypentadecyl (meth) acrylate, 15 (meth) acrylic acid And (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters having a hydroxy group such as -hydroxypentadecyl and 15-hydroxyheptadecyl (meth) acrylate.
 スチレン系単量体としては、スチレン;メチルスチレン、ジメチルスチレン、トリメチルスチレン、エチルスチレン、ジエチルスチレン、トリエチルスチレン、プロピルスチレン、ブチルスチレン、ヘキシルスチレン、ヘプチルスチレン、オクチルスチレン等のアルキルスチレン;フルオロスチレン、クロロスチレン、ブロモスチレン、ジブロモスチレン、ヨードスチレン等のハロゲン化スチレン;ニトロスチレン;アセチルスチレン;メトキシスチレン;および、ジビニルベンゼンが挙げられる。 Examples of the styrene monomer include styrene; alkylstyrene such as methylstyrene, dimethylstyrene, trimethylstyrene, ethylstyrene, diethylstyrene, triethylstyrene, propylstyrene, butylstyrene, hexylstyrene, heptylstyrene, and octylstyrene; fluorostyrene; Halogenated styrenes such as chlorostyrene, bromostyrene, dibromostyrene and iodostyrene; nitrostyrene; acetylstyrene; methoxystyrene; and divinylbenzene.
 ビニル系単量体としては、酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニル、酪酸ビニル、2-エチルヘキサン酸ビニル、ラウリン酸ビニル等の脂肪酸ビニルエステル;塩化ビニル、臭化ビニル等のハロゲン化ビニル;塩化ビニリデン等のハロゲン化ビニリデン;ビニルピリジン、ビニルピロリドン、ビニルカルバゾール等の含窒素複素芳香族ビニル;ブタジエン、イソプレン、クロロプレン等の共役ジエン;および、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル等の不飽和ニトリルが挙げられる。 Vinyl monomers include fatty acid vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butyrate, vinyl 2-ethylhexanoate, and vinyl laurate; vinyl halides such as vinyl chloride and vinyl bromide; vinylidene chloride and the like. Examples include vinylidene halides; nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic vinyls such as vinylpyridine, vinylpyrrolidone and vinylcarbazole; conjugated dienes such as butadiene, isoprene and chloroprene; and unsaturated nitriles such as acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile.
 エポキシ化合物とは、分子内にエポキシ基を有する化合物である。エポキシ基は、エポキシシクロペンタン構造、エポキシシクロヘキサン構造等の脂環式環に結合したエポキシ基であってもよい。
 エポキシ化合物としては、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル 3,4-エポキシシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート、3,4-エポキシ-6-メチルシクロヘキシルメチル 3,4-エポキシ-6-メチルシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート、エチレンビス(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート)、ビス(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル) アジペート、ビス(3,4-エポキシ-6-メチルシクロヘキシルメチル) アジペート、ジエチレングリコールビス(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチルエーテル)、エチレングリコールビス(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチルエーテル)、2,3,14,15-ジエポキシ-7,11,18,21-テトラオキサトリスピロ[5.2.2.5.2.2]ヘンイコサン、3-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)-8,9-エポキシ-1,5-ジオキサスピロ[5.5]ウンデカン、4-ビニルシクロヘキセンジオキサイド、リモネンジオキサイド、ビス(2,3-エポキシシクロペンチル)エーテル、ジシクロペンタジエンジオキサイド、1,4-ブタンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテル、ネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテル、トリメチロールプロパントリグリシジルエーテル、ペンタエリスリトールテトラグリシジルエーテル等が挙げられる。
An epoxy compound is a compound having an epoxy group in a molecule. The epoxy group may be an epoxy group bonded to an alicyclic ring such as an epoxycyclopentane structure and an epoxycyclohexane structure.
Examples of the epoxy compound include 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl 3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, 3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl 3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexanecarboxylate, ethylenebis (3, 4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate), bis (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl) adipate, bis (3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl) adipate, diethylene glycol bis (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ether), ethylene Glycol bis (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl methyl ether), 2,3,14,15-diepoxy-7,11,18,21-tetraoxatrispiro [5.2.2.5.2.2] hemicosan, 3- 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) -8,9-epoxy-1,5-dioxaspiro [5.5] undecane, 4-vinylcyclohexenedionoxide, limonenedoxide, bis (2,3-epoxycyclopentyl) ether, dicyclo Examples include pentadienedioxide, 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, and pentaerythritol tetraglycidyl ether.
 式(a)で表される構造単位を導く化合物は、例えば、ジイソシアネート化合物とポリオールとの反応によって合成することができる。
 式(b)で表される構造単位を導く化合物は、例えば、ハロゲン化シランやヒドロキシ基を持つシランを反応されることで合成することができる。
 式(c)で表される構造単位を導く化合物は、例えば、ポリカルボン酸とポリオールとの反応などによって合成することができる。
The compound that leads to the structural unit represented by the formula (a) can be synthesized, for example, by reacting a diisocyanate compound with a polyol.
The compound leading to the structural unit represented by the formula (b) can be synthesized, for example, by reacting a halogenated silane or a silane having a hydroxy group.
The compound that leads to the structural unit represented by the formula (c) can be synthesized, for example, by reacting a polycarboxylic acid with a polyol.
 群Aに記載の構造単位から選ばれる構造単位は、(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構造単位であることが好ましい。(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構造単位は、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル及びヒドロキシ基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルであることが好ましい。 {Structural units selected from the structural units described in Group A are preferably structural units derived from (meth) acrylates. The structural units derived from the (meth) acrylic acid ester are preferably an alkyl (meth) acrylate and an alkyl (meth) acrylate having a hydroxy group.
 本発明の樹脂(A)は、さらに別の構造単位(構造単位(aa)という場合がある)を含んでいてもよい。具体的には、(メタ)アクリルアミド系単量体に由来の構造単位、カルボキシ基を有する単量体に由来の構造単位、複素環基を有する単量体に由来の構造単位、置換もしくは無置換アミノ基を有する単量体に由来の構造単位等が挙げられる。 樹脂 The resin (A) of the present invention may further contain another structural unit (sometimes referred to as a structural unit (aa)). Specifically, a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylamide-based monomer, a structural unit derived from a monomer having a carboxy group, a structural unit derived from a monomer having a heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted Examples include a structural unit derived from a monomer having an amino group.
 (メタ)アクリルアミド系単量体としては、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(2-ヒドロキシエチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(4-ヒドロキシブチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(5-ヒドロキシペンチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(6-ヒドロキシヘキシル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-イソプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(3-ジメチルアミノプロピル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(1,1-ジメチル-3-オキソブチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-〔2-(2-オキソ-1-イミダゾリジニル)エチル〕(メタ)アクリルアミド、2-アクリロイルアミノ-2-メチル-1-プロパンスルホン酸、N-(メトキシメチル)アクリルアミド、N-(エトキシメチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(プロポキシメチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(1-メチルエトキシメチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(1-メチルプロポキシメチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(2-メチルプロポキシメチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(ブトキシメチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(1,1-ジメチルエトキシメチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(2-メトキシエチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(2-エトキシエチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(2-プロポキシエチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-〔2-(1-メチルエトキシ)エチル〕(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-〔2-(1-メチルプロポキシ)エチル〕(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-〔2-(2-メチルプロポキシ)エチル〕(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-(2-ブトキシエチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-〔2-(1,1-ジメチルエトキシ)エチル〕(メタ)アクリルアミドなどが挙げられる。なかでも、N-(メトキシメチル)アクリルアミド、N-(エトキシメチル)アクリルアミド、N-(プロポキシメチル)アクリルアミド、N-(ブトキシメチル)アクリルアミドおよびN-(2-メチルプロポキシメチル)アクリルアミドが好ましい。 (Meth) acrylamide monomers include N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, N- (2-hydroxyethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (3-hydroxypropyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (4- (Hydroxybutyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (5-hydroxypentyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (6-hydroxyhexyl) (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-diethyl ( (Meth) acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, N- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (1,1-dimethyl-3-oxobutyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- [2- ( 2-oxo-1-imidazolidinyl) ethyl] (meth) acrylamide 2-acryloylamino-2-methyl-1-propanesulfonic acid, N- (methoxymethyl) acrylamide, N- (ethoxymethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (propoxymethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (1- Methylethoxymethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (1-methylpropoxymethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (2-methylpropoxymethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (butoxymethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (1,1-dimethylethoxymethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (2-methoxyethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (2-ethoxyethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N- (2-propoxyethyl) (meth ) Acrylamide, N- [2- (1-methylethoxy) ethyl] (Meth) acrylamide, N- [2- (1-methylpropoxy) ethyl] (meth) acrylamide, N- [2- (2-methylpropoxy) ethyl] (meth) acrylamide, N- (2-butoxyethyl) (meth) ) Acrylamide, N- [2- (1,1-dimethylethoxy) ethyl] (meth) acrylamide and the like. Among them, N- (methoxymethyl) acrylamide, N- (ethoxymethyl) acrylamide, N- (propoxymethyl) acrylamide, N- (butoxymethyl) acrylamide and N- (2-methylpropoxymethyl) acrylamide are preferred.
 カルボキシ基を有する単量体としては、(メタ)アクリル酸、カルボキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート(例えば、カルボキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、カルボキシペンチル(メタ)アクリレート)、マレイン酸、無水マレイン酸、フマル酸、クロトン酸等が挙げられ、好ましくはアクリル酸である。 Examples of the monomer having a carboxy group include (meth) acrylic acid, carboxyalkyl (meth) acrylate (for example, carboxyethyl (meth) acrylate, carboxypentyl (meth) acrylate), maleic acid, maleic anhydride, fumaric acid, Crotonic acid and the like are preferable, and acrylic acid is preferable.
 複素環基を有する単量体としては、アクリロイルモルホリン、ビニルカプロラクタム、N-ビニル-2-ピロリドン、ビニルピリジン、テトラヒドロフルフリル(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性テトラヒドロフルフリルアクリレート、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、2,5-ジヒドロフラン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer having a heterocyclic group include acryloylmorpholine, vinylcaprolactam, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, vinylpyridine, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, caprolactone-modified tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate, and 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (Meth) acrylate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 2,5-dihydrofuran and the like.
 置換もしくは無置換アミノ基を有する単量体としては、アミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 単 量 体 Examples of the monomer having a substituted or unsubstituted amino group include aminoethyl (meth) acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
 インドール構造を有する構造単位及び群Aから選ばれる構造単位以外の構造単位(aa)としては、カルボキシ基を有する単量体であることが好ましい。 The structural unit (aa) other than the structural unit having an indole structure and the structural unit selected from Group A is preferably a monomer having a carboxy group.
 インドール構造を有する構造単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)に含まれる全構造単位100質量部に対して、0.01~50質量部であることが好ましく、0.1~20質量部であることがより好ましく、さらに好ましくは0.5~15質量部である。
 群Aに記載の構造単位から選ばれる少なくとも1つの構造単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)の全構造単位100質量部に対して、50質量部以上であることが好ましく、55~99.99質量部であることがより好ましく、60~85質量部であることがさらに好ましい。
 樹脂(A)が構造単位(aa)を含有する場合、樹脂(A)の全構造単位100質量部に対して、好ましくは20質量部以下、より好ましくは、0.5質量部以上15質量部以下、さらに好ましくは0.5質量部以上10質量部以下、特に好ましくは1質量部以上7質量部以下である。
The content of the structural unit having an indole structure is preferably from 0.01 to 50 parts by mass, and more preferably from 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of all the structural units contained in the resin (A). More preferably, it is more preferably 0.5 to 15 parts by mass.
The content of at least one structural unit selected from the structural units described in Group A is preferably 50 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 55 to 99.99 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of all the structural units of the resin (A). It is more preferable that the amount be from 50 to 85 parts by mass.
When the resin (A) contains the structural unit (aa), it is preferably 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.5 part by mass or more and 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of all the structural units of the resin (A). The content is more preferably from 0.5 to 10 parts by mass, particularly preferably from 1 to 7 parts by mass.
 樹脂(A)がヒドロキシ基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来の構造単位を含有する場合、該構造単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)の全構造単位100質量部に対して、好ましくは20質量部以下、より好ましくは、0.5質量部以上15質量部以下、さらに好ましくは0.5質量部以上10質量部以下、特に好ましくは1質量部以上7質量部以下である。
 粘着剤組成物から形成される粘着剤層の外面に積層することができるセパレートフィルムの剥離力亢進を防ぐ観点から、アミノ基を有する単量体を実質的に含まないことが好ましい。ここでアミノ基を有する単量体を実質的に含まないとは、アミノ基を有する単量体由来の構造単位の含有量が樹脂(A)を構成する全構成単位100質量部中、0.1質量部以下であることをいう。
When the resin (A) contains a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having a hydroxy group, the content of the structural unit is preferably based on 100 parts by mass of all the structural units of the resin (A). Is 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more and 15 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less, particularly preferably 1 part by mass or more and 7 parts by mass or less.
From the viewpoint of preventing an increase in the peeling force of the separate film that can be laminated on the outer surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, it is preferable that the film does not substantially include a monomer having an amino group. Here, the term "substantially free of a monomer having an amino group" means that the content of the structural unit derived from the monomer having an amino group is 0.1% in 100 parts by mass of all the constituent units constituting the resin (A). It means that it is 1 part by mass or less.
 樹脂(A)と後述する架橋剤(B)との反応性の点で、樹脂(A)はヒドロキシ基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来の構造単位又はカルボキシ基を有する単量体に由来の構造単位を含むこと好ましく、ヒドロキシ基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルに由来の構造単位及びカルボキシ基を有する単量体に由来の構造単位のいずれもを含むことがより好ましい。ヒドロキシ基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとしては、アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル、アクリル酸5-ヒドロキシペンチル、アクリル酸6-ヒドロキシヘキシルが好ましい。特に、アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチルおよびアクリル酸5-ヒドロキシペンチルを使用することで良好な耐久性を得ることができる。カルボキシ基を有する単量体としては、アクリル酸を用いることが好ましい。 In view of the reactivity between the resin (A) and a crosslinking agent (B) described below, the resin (A) is a monomer having a carboxy group or a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth) acrylate having a hydroxy group. It preferably contains a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth) acrylate having a hydroxy group and more preferably contains a structural unit derived from a monomer having a carboxy group. As the alkyl (meth) acrylate having a hydroxy group, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 5-hydroxypentyl acrylate, and 6-hydroxyhexyl acrylate are preferable. . In particular, good durability can be obtained by using 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate and 5-hydroxypentyl acrylate. Acrylic acid is preferably used as the monomer having a carboxy group.
 本発明の樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは、30万~250万であり、より好ましくは50万~200万である。重量平均分子量が30万以上であると、高温環境における粘着剤層の耐久性が向上し、被着体と粘着剤層との間の浮き剥れや、粘着剤層の凝集破壊などの不具合を抑制しやすい。重量平均分子量が250万以下であると、粘着剤組成物を例えばシート状に加工(基材に塗工する)際の塗工性の観点で有利である。粘着剤層の耐久性及び粘着剤組成物の塗工性の両立の観点から、重量平均分子量は好ましくは60万~180万であり、より好ましくは70万~170万であり、さらに好ましくは100万~160万である。また、重量平均分子量(Mw)と数平均分子量(Mn)との比で表される分子量分布(Mw/Mn)は、通常2~10、好ましくは3~8である。重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィにより分析でき、標準ポリスチレン換算の値である。 樹脂 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (A) of the present invention is preferably 300,000 to 2,500,000, more preferably 500,000 to 2,000,000. When the weight average molecular weight is 300,000 or more, the durability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in a high-temperature environment is improved, and problems such as floating between the adherend and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and cohesive failure of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are reduced. Easy to control. When the weight average molecular weight is 2.5 million or less, it is advantageous from the viewpoint of coatability when the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is processed into a sheet shape (coated on a substrate). The weight average molecular weight is preferably from 600,000 to 1,800,000, more preferably from 700,000 to 1,700,000, further preferably from 100,000 to 1,700,000, from the viewpoint of compatibility between the durability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the coating property of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. 10,000 to 1.6 million. The molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn) represented by the ratio of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) is usually 2 to 10, preferably 3 to 8. The weight average molecular weight can be analyzed by gel permeation chromatography and is a value in terms of standard polystyrene.
 本発明の樹脂(A)は、酢酸エチルに溶解させ、濃度20質量%の溶液としたとき、25℃における粘度が、20Pa・s以下であることが好ましく、0.1~15Pa・sであることがより好ましい。該範囲の粘度であると、粘着剤組成物を基材に塗工する際の塗工性の観点から有利である。なお、粘度は、ブルックフィールド粘度計により測定できる。 When the resin (A) of the present invention is dissolved in ethyl acetate to form a solution having a concentration of 20% by mass, the viscosity at 25 ° C. is preferably 20 Pa · s or less, and is 0.1 to 15 Pa · s. Is more preferable. When the viscosity is in this range, it is advantageous from the viewpoint of coatability when applying the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition to a substrate. The viscosity can be measured with a Brookfield viscometer.
 本発明の樹脂(A)は、例えば、溶液重合法、塊状重合法、懸濁重合法、乳化重合法などの公知の方法によって製造することができ、特に溶液重合法が好ましい。溶液重合法としては、例えば、インドール構造を有する単量体、必要に応じて群Aに記載の構造単位を導く単量体及び有機溶媒を混合し、窒素雰囲気下、熱重合開始剤を添加し、40~90℃、好ましくは50~80℃程度の温度条件下、3~15時間程度攪拌する方法が挙げられる。反応制御のため、重合中、連続的又は間歇的に単量体や熱重合開始剤を添加してもよい。該単量体や熱開始剤は有機溶媒に添加した状態であってもよい。 樹脂 The resin (A) of the present invention can be produced by a known method such as a solution polymerization method, a bulk polymerization method, a suspension polymerization method, and an emulsion polymerization method, and a solution polymerization method is particularly preferable. As a solution polymerization method, for example, a monomer having an indole structure, a monomer for leading a structural unit described in Group A and an organic solvent are mixed as needed, and a thermal polymerization initiator is added under a nitrogen atmosphere. And stirring at a temperature of about 40 to 90 ° C., preferably about 50 to 80 ° C. for about 3 to 15 hours. In order to control the reaction, a monomer or a thermal polymerization initiator may be added continuously or intermittently during the polymerization. The monomer and the thermal initiator may be added to an organic solvent.
 重合開始剤としては、熱重合開始剤や光重合開始剤等が用いられる。光重合開始剤としては、4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニル(2-ヒドロキシ-2-プロピル)ケトンなどが挙げられる。熱重合開始剤としては、2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルブチロニトリル)、1,1’-アゾビス(シクロヘキサン-1-カルボニトリル)、2,2’-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチルバレロニトリル)、2,2’-アゾビス(2,4-ジメチル-4-メトキシバレロニトリル)、ジメチル-2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオネート)、2,2’-アゾビス(2-ヒドロキシメチルプロピオニトリル)などのアゾ系化合物;ラウリルパーオキサイド、t-ブチルハイドロパーオキサイド、過酸化ベンゾイル、t-ブチルパーオキシベンゾエート、クメンハイドロパーオキサイド、ジイソプロピルパーオキシジカーボネート、ジプロピルパーオキシジカーボネート、t-ブチルパーオキシネオデカノエート、t-ブチルパーオキシピバレート、(3,5,5-トリメチルヘキサノイル)パーオキサイドなどの有機過酸化物;過硫酸カリウム、過硫酸アンモニウム、過酸化水素などの無機過酸化物などが挙げられる。また、過酸化物と還元剤とを併用したレドックス系開始剤なども使用できる。 熱 As the polymerization initiator, a thermal polymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator, or the like is used. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include 4- (2-hydroxyethoxy) phenyl (2-hydroxy-2-propyl) ketone. Examples of the thermal polymerization initiator include 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2′-azobis (2-methylbutyronitrile), 1,1′-azobis (cyclohexane-1-carbonitrile), , 2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethyl-4-methoxyvaleronitrile), dimethyl-2,2'-azobis (2-methylpropionate) ), Azo compounds such as 2,2'-azobis (2-hydroxymethylpropionitrile); lauryl peroxide, t-butyl hydroperoxide, benzoyl peroxide, t-butylperoxybenzoate, cumene hydroperoxide; Diisopropylperoxydicarbonate, dipropylperoxydicarbonate, t-butylperoxyneode Organic peroxides such as noate, t-butylperoxypivalate and (3,5,5-trimethylhexanoyl) peroxide; and inorganic peroxides such as potassium persulfate, ammonium persulfate and hydrogen peroxide. . Further, a redox initiator using a peroxide and a reducing agent in combination can also be used.
 重合開始剤の割合は、樹脂(A)を構成する単量体の総量100質量部に対して、0.001~5質量部程度である。樹脂(A)の重合は、活性エネルギー線(例えば紫外線など)による重合法を使用してもよい。 割 合 The ratio of the polymerization initiator is about 0.001 to 5 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the monomers constituting the resin (A). For the polymerization of the resin (A), a polymerization method using an active energy ray (for example, ultraviolet light) may be used.
 有機溶媒としては、トルエン、キシレンなどの芳香族炭化水素類;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチルなどのエステル類;プロピルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコールなどの脂肪族アルコール類;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトンなどのケトン類などが挙げられる。 Examples of the organic solvent include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; esters such as ethyl acetate and butyl acetate; aliphatic alcohols such as propyl alcohol and isopropyl alcohol; ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone. Is mentioned.
 樹脂(A)の含有量は、粘着剤組成物の固形分100質量%中、通常60質量%~99.99質量%であり、好ましくは70質量%~99.9質量%であり、より好ましくは80質量%~99.7質量%である。 The content of the resin (A) is usually from 60% by mass to 99.99% by mass, preferably from 70% by mass to 99.9% by mass, more preferably from 100% by mass, based on 100% by mass of the solid content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. Is from 80% by mass to 99.7% by mass.
<架橋剤(B)>
 本発明の粘着剤組成物は、架橋剤(B)を含むことができる。
 架橋剤(B)としては、イソシアネート系架橋剤、エポキシ系架橋剤、アジリジン系架橋剤、金属キレート系架橋剤等が挙げられ、特に粘着剤組成物のポットライフ及び粘着剤層の耐久性、架橋速度などの観点から、イソシアネート系架橋剤であることが好ましい。
<Crosslinking agent (B)>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present invention can contain a crosslinking agent (B).
Examples of the crosslinking agent (B) include an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent, an epoxy-based crosslinking agent, an aziridine-based crosslinking agent, and a metal chelate-based crosslinking agent. From the viewpoint of speed and the like, an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent is preferred.
 イソシアネート系化合物としては、分子内に少なくとも2個のイソシアナト基(-NCO)を有する化合物が好ましく、例えば、脂肪族イソシアネート系化合物(例えばヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートなど)、脂環族イソシアネート系化合物(例えばイソホロンジイソシアネート、水添ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、水添キシリレンジイソシアネート)、芳香族イソシアネート系化合物(例えばトリレンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネートジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、ナフタレンジイソシアネート、トリフェニルメタントリイソシアネート等)などが挙げられる。また架橋剤(B)は、前記イソシアネート化合物の多価アルコール化合物による付加体(アダクト体)[例えば、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパンなどによる付加体]、イソシアヌレート化物、ビュレット型化合物、ポリエーテルポリオール、ポリエステルポリオール、アクリルポリオール、ポリブタジエンポリオール、ポリイソプレンポリオール等と付加反応させたウレタンプレポリマー型のイソシアネート化合物などの誘導体であってもよい。架橋剤(B)は単独又は二種以上組み合わせて使用できる。これらのうち、代表的には芳香族イソシアネート系化合物(例えばトリレンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート)、脂肪族イソシアネート系化合物(例えばヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート)又はこれらの多価アルコール化合物(例えば、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン)による付加体、又はイソシアヌレート体が挙げられる。架橋剤(B)が、芳香族イソシアネート系化合物及び/又はこれらの多価アルコール化合物、又はイソシアヌレート体による付加体であると、最適な架橋密度(又は架橋構造)の形成に有利なためか、粘着剤層の耐久性を向上できる。特に、トリレンジイソシアネート系化合物及び/又はこれらの多価アルコール化合物による付加体であると、例えば粘着剤層を偏光板に適用した場合等であっても耐久性を向上することができる。 As the isocyanate compound, a compound having at least two isocyanato groups (—NCO) in a molecule is preferable. For example, an aliphatic isocyanate compound (eg, hexamethylene diisocyanate), an alicyclic isocyanate compound (eg, isophorone diisocyanate) Hydrogenated diphenylmethane diisocyanate, hydrogenated xylylene diisocyanate) and aromatic isocyanate compounds (for example, tolylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate diphenyl methane diisocyanate, naphthalene diisocyanate, triphenyl methane triisocyanate, etc.). The crosslinking agent (B) may be an adduct (adduct) of the isocyanate compound with a polyhydric alcohol compound (for example, an adduct of glycerol, trimethylolpropane, or the like), an isocyanurate, a buret-type compound, a polyether polyol, or a polyester. A derivative such as a urethane prepolymer-type isocyanate compound obtained by an addition reaction with a polyol, an acrylic polyol, a polybutadiene polyol, a polyisoprene polyol, or the like may be used. The crosslinking agents (B) can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Of these, typically, aromatic isocyanate compounds (for example, tolylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate), aliphatic isocyanate compounds (for example, hexamethylene diisocyanate) or polyhydric alcohol compounds thereof (for example, glycerol, trimethylolpropane )) Or isocyanurate. If the cross-linking agent (B) is an aromatic isocyanate compound and / or an adduct of these polyhydric alcohol compounds or isocyanurates, it is advantageous for forming an optimum cross-link density (or cross-link structure), The durability of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be improved. In particular, when it is an adduct of a tolylene diisocyanate compound and / or a polyhydric alcohol compound thereof, the durability can be improved even when, for example, an adhesive layer is applied to a polarizing plate.
 架橋剤(B)の含有量は、樹脂(A)100質量部に対して、通常0.01~15質量部であり、好ましくは0.05~10質量部であり、より好ましくは0.1~5質量部である。 The content of the crosslinking agent (B) is generally 0.01 to 15 parts by mass, preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A). To 5 parts by mass.
 本発明の粘着剤組成物は、さらにシラン化合物(D)を含有していてもよい。
 シラン化合物(D)としては、例えば、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリエトキシシラン、ビニルトリス(2-メトキシエトキシ)シラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルエトキシジメチルシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、3-クロロプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-クロロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン等が挙げられる。
 シラン化合物(D)は、シリコーンオリゴマーであってもよい。シリコーンオリゴマーの具体例を、モノマー同士の組み合わせの形で表記すると次のとおりである。
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present invention may further contain a silane compound (D).
Examples of the silane compound (D) include vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, vinyltris (2-methoxyethoxy) silane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, and -Glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylethoxydimethylsilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropyltrimethoxysilane, Examples include 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, and the like.
The silane compound (D) may be a silicone oligomer. Specific examples of the silicone oligomer are described below in the form of a combination of monomers.
 3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランオリゴマー、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランオリゴマー、3-メルカプトプロピルトリエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランオリゴマー、3-メルカプトプロピルトリエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランオリゴマー等のメルカプトプロピル基含有オリゴマー;メルカプトメチルトリメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランオリゴマー、メルカプトメチルトリメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランオリゴマー、メルカプトメチルトリエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランオリゴマー、メルカプトメチルトリエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランオリゴマー等のメルカプトメチル基含有オリゴマー;3-グリジドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、3-グリジドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、3-グリジドキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、3-グリジドキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、3-グリジドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、3-グリジドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、3-グリジドキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、3-グリジドキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー等の3-グリジドキシプロピル基含有のコポリマー;3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランオリゴマー、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランオリゴマー、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランオリゴマー、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランオリゴマー、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランオリゴマー、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランオリゴマー、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランオリゴマー、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランオリゴマー等のメタクリロイルオキシプロピル基含有オリゴマー;3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランオリゴマー、3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランオリゴマー、3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランオリゴマー、3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランオリゴマー、3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランオリゴマー、3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランオリゴマー、3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランオリゴマー、3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランオリゴマー等のアクリロイルオキシプロピル基含有オリゴマー;ビニルトリメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランオリゴマー、ビニルトリメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランオリゴマー、ビニルトリエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランオリゴマー、ビニルトリエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランオリゴマー、ビニルメチルジメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランオリゴマー、ビニルメチルジメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランオリゴマー、ビニルメチルジエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランオリゴマー、ビニルメチルジエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランオリゴマー等のビニル基含有オリゴマー;3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、3-アミノプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、3-アミノプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー等のアミノ基含有のコポリマーなど。 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane oligomer, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane oligomer, 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane oligomer, 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane Mercaptopropyl group-containing oligomers such as oligomers; mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane oligomer, mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane oligomer, mercaptomethyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane oligomer, mercaptomethyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxy Oligomers containing mercaptomethyl groups such as silane oligomers; 3-glycidoxypropyl Trimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetra An ethoxysilane copolymer, a 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, a 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, a 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, Copolymers containing 3-glycidoxypropyl groups, such as 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer; 3-methacryloyl Oxypropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane oligomer, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane oligomer, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane oligomer, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxy Silane oligomer, 3-methacryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane oligomer, 3-methacryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane oligomer, 3-methacryloyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane oligomer, 3-methacryloyloxy Propylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane oligomer Oligomers containing a methacryloyloxypropyl group such as 3-acryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane oligomer, 3-acryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane oligomer, 3-acryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane oligomer 3-acryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane oligomer, 3-acryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane oligomer, 3-acryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane oligomer, 3-acryloyloxypropylmethyldi Ethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane oligomer, 3-acryloyloxypropyl Acryloyloxypropyl group-containing oligomers such as tildiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane oligomer; vinyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane oligomer, vinyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane oligomer, vinyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane oligomer, vinyltriol Ethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane oligomer, vinylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane oligomer, vinylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane oligomer, vinylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane oligomer, vinylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane oligomer, etc. Vinyl group-containing oligomer of 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane Polymer, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetra Amino group-containing methoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, etc. Copolymers and the like.
 シラン化合物(D)は、下記式(d1)で表されるシラン化合物であってもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000036
(式中、Aは、炭素数1~20のアルカンジイル基または炭素数3~20の二価の脂環式炭化水素基を表し、該アルカンジイル基および該脂環式炭化水素基を構成する-CH-は、-O-または-CO-に置き換わっていてもよく、R41は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表し、R42、R43、R44、R45およびR46は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~5のアルキル基または炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基を表す。)
The silane compound (D) may be a silane compound represented by the following formula (d1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000036
(In the formula, A 1 represents an alkanediyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and is a constituent of the alkanediyl group and the alicyclic hydrocarbon group. —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O— or —CO—, R 41 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and R 42 , R 43 , R 44 , R 45 and R 46 Each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.)
 Aで表される炭素数1~20のアルカンジイル基としては、メチレン基、1,2-エタンジイル基、1,3-プロパンジイル基、1,4-ブタンジイル基、1,5-ペンタンジイル基、1,6-ヘキサンジイル基、1,7-ヘプタンジイル基、1,8-オクタンジイル基、1,9-ノナンジイル基、1,10-デカンジイル基、1,12-ドデカンジイル基、1,14-テトラデカンジイル基、1,16-ヘキサデカンジイル基、1,18-オクタデカンジイル基および1,20-イコサンジイル基が挙げられる。炭素数3~20の二価の脂環式炭化水素基としては、1,3-シクロペンタンジイル基および1,4-シクロヘキサンジイル基が挙げられる。該アルカンジイル基および該脂環式炭化水素基を構成する-CH-が-O-または-CO-に置き換わった基としては、-CHCH-O-CHCH-、-CHCH-O-CHCH-O-CHCH-、-CHCH-O-CHCH-O-CHCH-O-CHCH-、-CHCH-CO-O-CHCH-、-CHCH-O-CHCH-CO-O-CHCH-、-CHCHCHCH-O-CHCH-および-CHCHCHCH-O-CHCHCHCH-が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkanediyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by A 1 include a methylene group, a 1,2-ethanediyl group, a 1,3-propanediyl group, a 1,4-butanediyl group, a 1,5-pentanediyl group, 1,6-hexanediyl group, 1,7-heptanediyl group, 1,8-octanediyl group, 1,9-nonanediyl group, 1,10-decanediyl group, 1,12-dodecanediyl group, 1,14-tetradecanediyl And 1,16-hexadecanediyl, 1,18-octadecanediyl and 1,20-icosandiyl. Examples of the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms include a 1,3-cyclopentanediyl group and a 1,4-cyclohexanediyl group. Examples of the group in which -CH 2- constituting the alkanediyl group and the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is replaced by -O- or -CO- include -CH 2 CH 2 -O-CH 2 CH 2- , -CH 2 CH 2 —O—CH 2 CH 2 —O—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —O—CH 2 CH 2 —O—CH 2 CH 2 —O—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —CO—O—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —O—CH 2 CH 2 —CO—O—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —O—CH 2 CH 2 — and —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —O—CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —.
 R41~R45で表される炭素数1~5のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基およびペンチル基が挙げられ、R42~R45で表される炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、ブトキシ基、イソブトキシ基、tert-ブトキシ基およびペンチルオキシ基が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by R 41 to R 45 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group and a pentyl group. Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms represented by 42 to R 45 include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, and a pentyloxy group.
 式(d1)で表されるシラン化合物としては、例えば、(トリメトキシシリル)メタン、1,2-ビス(トリメトキシシリル)エタン、1,2-ビス(トリエトキシシリル)エタン、1,3-ビス(トリメトキシシリル)プロパン、1,3-ビス(トリエトキシシリル)プロパン、1,4-ビス(トリメトキシシリル)ブタン、1,4-ビス(トリエトキシシリル)ブタン、1,5-ビス(トリメトキシシリル)ペンタン、1,5-ビス(トリエトキシシリル)ペンタン、1,6-ビス(トリメトキシシリル)ヘキサン、1,6-ビス(トリエトキシシリル)ヘキサン、1,6-ビス(トリプロポキシシリル)ヘキサン、1,8-ビス(トリメトキシシリル)オクタン、1,8-ビス(トリエトキシシリル)オクタン、1,8-ビス(トリプロポキシシリル)オクタンなどのビス(トリC1-5アルコキシシリル)C1-10アルカン;ビス(ジメトキシメチルシリル)メタン、1,2-ビス(ジメトキシメチルシリル)エタン、1,2-ビス(ジメトキシエチルシリル)エタン、1,4-ビス(ジメトキシメチルシリル)ブタン、1,4-ビス(ジメトキシエチルシリル)ブタン、1,6-ビス(ジメトキシメチルシリル)ヘキサン、1,6-ビス(ジメトキシエチルシリル)ヘキサン、1,8-ビス(ジメトキシメチルシリル)オクタン、1,8-ビス(ジメトキシエチルシリル)オクタンなどのビス(ジC1-5アルコキシC1-5アルキルシリル)C1-10アルカン;1,6-ビス(メトキシジメチルシリル)ヘキサン、1,8-ビス(メトキシジメチルシリル)オクタンなどのビス(モノC1-5アルコキシ-ジC1-5アルキルシリル)C1-10アルカンなどが挙げられる。これらのうち、1,2-ビス(トリメトキシシリル)エタン、1,3-ビス(トリメトキシシリル)プロパン、1,4-ビス(トリメトキシシリル)ブタン、1,5-ビス(トリメトキシシリル)ペンタン、1,6-ビス(トリメトキシシリル)ヘキサン、1,8-ビス(トリメトキシシリル)オクタンなどのビス(トリC1-3アルコキシシリル)C1-10アルカンが好ましく、特に、1,6-ビス(トリメトキシシリル)ヘキサン、1,8-ビス(トリメトキシシリル)オクタンが好ましい。 Examples of the silane compound represented by the formula (d1) include (trimethoxysilyl) methane, 1,2-bis (trimethoxysilyl) ethane, 1,2-bis (triethoxysilyl) ethane, 1,3- Bis (trimethoxysilyl) propane, 1,3-bis (triethoxysilyl) propane, 1,4-bis (trimethoxysilyl) butane, 1,4-bis (triethoxysilyl) butane, 1,5-bis ( Trimethoxysilyl) pentane, 1,5-bis (triethoxysilyl) pentane, 1,6-bis (trimethoxysilyl) hexane, 1,6-bis (triethoxysilyl) hexane, 1,6-bis (tripropoxy) Silyl) hexane, 1,8-bis (trimethoxysilyl) octane, 1,8-bis (triethoxysilyl) octane, 1,8-bis (tri Bis (tri-C1-5alkoxysilyl) C1-10alkanes such as ropoxysilyl) octane; bis (dimethoxymethylsilyl) methane, 1,2-bis (dimethoxymethylsilyl) ethane, 1,2-bis (dimethoxyethylsilyl) ethane 1,4-bis (dimethoxymethylsilyl) butane, 1,4-bis (dimethoxyethylsilyl) butane, 1,6-bis (dimethoxymethylsilyl) hexane, 1,6-bis (dimethoxyethylsilyl) hexane, 1 1,6-bis (dimethoxymethylsilyl) octane, 1,8-bis (dimethoxyethylsilyl) octane and other bis (diC1-5alkoxyC1-5alkylsilyl) C1-10 alkanes; 1,6-bis (methoxydimethyl) Silyl) hexane, 1,8-bis (methoxydimethylsilyl) octane Bis such emissions (mono C1-5 alkoxy - di C1-5 alkylsilyl) such as C1-10 alkanes. Of these, 1,2-bis (trimethoxysilyl) ethane, 1,3-bis (trimethoxysilyl) propane, 1,4-bis (trimethoxysilyl) butane, 1,5-bis (trimethoxysilyl) Bis (tri-C1-3alkoxysilyl) C1-10alkanes such as pentane, 1,6-bis (trimethoxysilyl) hexane and 1,8-bis (trimethoxysilyl) octane are preferable, and 1,6-bis is particularly preferable. (Trimethoxysilyl) hexane and 1,8-bis (trimethoxysilyl) octane are preferred.
 シラン化合物(D)の含有量は、樹脂(A)100質量部に対して、通常0.01~10質量部であり、好ましくは0.03~5質量部であり、より好ましくは0.05~2質量部であり、さらに好ましくは0.1~1質量部である。 The content of the silane compound (D) is usually 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 0.03 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 100 parts by mass for the resin (A). To 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 1 part by mass.
 粘着剤組成物は、さらに帯電防止剤を含有していてもよい。
 帯電防止剤としては、界面活性剤、シロキサン化合物、導電性高分子、イオン性化合物等が挙げられ、イオン性化合物であることが好ましい。イオン性化合物としては、慣用のものが挙げられる。イオン性化合物を構成するカチオン成分としては、有機カチオン、無機カチオンなどが挙げられる。有機カチオンとしては、例えばピリジニウムカチオン、ピロリジニウムカチオン、ピペリジニウムカチオン、イミダゾリウムカチオン、アンモニウムカチオン、スルホニウムカチオン、ホスホニウムカチオンなどが挙げられる。無機カチオンとしては、例えばリチウムカチオン、カリウムカチオン、ナトリウムカチオン、セシウムカチオンなどのアルカリ金属カチオン、マグネシウムカチオン、カルシウムカチオンなどのアルカリ土類金属カチオンなどが挙げられる。特に(メタ)アクリル系樹脂との相溶性の観点からピリジニウムカチオン、イミダゾリウムカチオン、ピロリジニウムカチオン、リチウムカチオン、カリウムカチオンが好ましい。イオン性化合物を構成するアニオン成分としては、無機アニオン及び有機アニオンのいずれでもよいが、帯電防止性能の点で、フッ素原子を含むアニオン成分が好ましい。フッ素原子を含むアニオン成分としては、例えばヘキサフルオロホスフェートアニオン(PF-)、ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミドアニオン[(CFSON-]、ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミドアニオン[(FSON-]、テトラ(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレートアニオン[(CB-]などが挙げられる。これらのイオン性化合物は単独又は二種以上組み合わせて使用できる。特に、ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミドアニオン[(CFSON-]、ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミドアニオン[(FSON-]、テトラ(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレートアニオン[(CB-]が好ましい。
 粘着剤組成物から形成される粘着剤層の帯電防止性能の経時安定性の点で、室温で固体であるイオン性化合物が好ましい。
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may further contain an antistatic agent.
Examples of the antistatic agent include a surfactant, a siloxane compound, a conductive polymer, and an ionic compound, and an ionic compound is preferable. Conventional ionic compounds can be used. Examples of the cation component constituting the ionic compound include an organic cation and an inorganic cation. Examples of the organic cation include a pyridinium cation, a pyrrolidinium cation, a piperidinium cation, an imidazolium cation, an ammonium cation, a sulfonium cation, and a phosphonium cation. Examples of the inorganic cation include an alkali metal cation such as a lithium cation, a potassium cation, a sodium cation, and a cesium cation, and an alkaline earth metal cation such as a magnesium cation and a calcium cation. In particular, a pyridinium cation, an imidazolium cation, a pyrrolidinium cation, a lithium cation, and a potassium cation are preferable from the viewpoint of compatibility with the (meth) acrylic resin. The anion component constituting the ionic compound may be either an inorganic anion or an organic anion, but is preferably an anion component containing a fluorine atom from the viewpoint of antistatic performance. Examples of the anion component containing a fluorine atom include hexafluorophosphate anion (PF 6- ), bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion [(CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 N-], and bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide anion [(FSO 2 ) 2 N-] and a tetra (pentafluorophenyl) borate anion [(C 6 F 5 ) 4 B-]. These ionic compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In particular, bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion [(CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 N-], bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide anion [(FSO 2 ) 2 N-], tetra (pentafluorophenyl) borate anion [(C 6 F 5 ) 4 B-] is preferred.
An ionic compound that is solid at room temperature is preferable in terms of the stability over time of the antistatic performance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
 帯電防止剤の含有量は、樹脂(A)100質量部に対して、例えば、0.01~20質量部、好ましくは0.1~10質量部、さらに好ましくは1~7質量部である。 The content of the antistatic agent is, for example, 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 7 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (A).
 粘着剤組成物は、溶剤、架橋触媒、タッキファイヤー、可塑剤、軟化剤、顔料、防錆剤、無機フィラー、光散乱性微粒子等の添加剤を1種又は2種以上含有することができる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may contain one or more kinds of additives such as a solvent, a crosslinking catalyst, a tackifier, a plasticizer, a softener, a pigment, a rust inhibitor, an inorganic filler, and light scattering fine particles.
 <粘着剤層>
 本発明の粘着剤層は、例えば、前記粘着剤組成物を、溶剤に溶解又は分散して溶剤含有の粘着剤組成物とし、次いで、これを、基材の表面に塗布し、乾燥させることで形成できる。
 基材としては、プラスチックフィルムが好適であり、具体的には、離型処理が施された剥離フィルムが挙げられる。剥離フィルムとしては、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリカーボネート、ポリアリレート等の樹脂からなるフィルムの一方の面に、シリコーン処理等の離型処理が施されたものが挙げられる。
<Adhesive layer>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention is, for example, by dissolving or dispersing the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in a solvent to form a solvent-containing pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and then applying it to the surface of a substrate and drying it. Can be formed.
As the substrate, a plastic film is suitable, and specifically, a release film subjected to a release treatment is exemplified. Examples of the release film include a film obtained by subjecting one surface of a film made of a resin such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polycarbonate, and polyarylate to a release treatment such as a silicone treatment.
 本発明の粘着剤層は、下記式(3)を満たす粘着剤層であることが好ましく、さらに式(4)を満たす粘着剤層であることがより好ましい。
A(405) ≧ 0.5 (3)
[式(3)中、A(405)は波長405nmにおける吸光度を表す。]
A(405) / A(440) ≧ 5 (4)
[式(4)中、A(405)は波長405nmにおける吸光度を表し、A(440)は波長440nmにおける吸光度を表す。]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention is preferably a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer satisfying the following formula (3), and more preferably a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer satisfying the formula (4).
A (405) ≧ 0.5 (3)
[In the formula (3), A (405) represents the absorbance at a wavelength of 405 nm. ]
A (405) / A (440) ≧ 5 (4)
[In the formula (4), A (405) represents the absorbance at a wavelength of 405 nm, and A (440) represents the absorbance at a wavelength of 440 nm. ]
 A(405)の値が大きいほど波長405nmにおける吸収が高いことを表す。A(405)の値が0.5未満であると波長405nmにおける吸収が低く、400nm付近の光により有機EL発光素子及び液晶系位相差フィルムの劣化が起こりやすい。A(405)の値は、好ましくは0.6以上であり、より好ましくは0.8以上であり、特に好ましくは1.0以上である。上限は特にないが、通常は10以下である。
 A(405)/A(440)の値は、波長440nmにおける吸収の大きさに対する波長405nmの吸収の大きさを表す。A(405)/A(440)の値が大きいほど405nm付近の波長域に特異的な吸収があることを表し、本発明の粘着剤層を有機EL表示装置や液晶表示装置等の表示装置に適用した場合に、表示装置の色彩表現を阻害することなく、400nm付近の光を吸収し、有機EL発光素子及び液晶系位相差フィルムの光劣化を抑制できる。A(405)/A(440)の値は10以上であることが好ましく、30以上であることがより好ましく、60以上であることさらに好ましい。
The larger the value of A (405), the higher the absorption at a wavelength of 405 nm. If the value of A (405) is less than 0.5, the absorption at a wavelength of 405 nm is low, and light near 400 nm tends to cause deterioration of the organic EL light emitting element and the liquid crystal phase difference film. The value of A (405) is preferably 0.6 or more, more preferably 0.8 or more, and particularly preferably 1.0 or more. Although there is no particular upper limit, it is usually 10 or less.
The value of A (405) / A (440) represents the magnitude of absorption at a wavelength of 405 nm with respect to the magnitude of absorption at a wavelength of 440 nm. The larger the value of A (405) / A (440), the more specific absorption is in the wavelength region around 405 nm, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention is used for a display device such as an organic EL display device or a liquid crystal display device. When applied, light near 400 nm is absorbed without impairing the color expression of the display device, and light degradation of the organic EL light emitting element and the liquid crystal phase difference film can be suppressed. The value of A (405) / A (440) is preferably 10 or more, more preferably 30 or more, and even more preferably 60 or more.
 本発明の粘着剤層の厚みは、通常0.1~100μmであり、好ましくは3~50μmであり、さらに好ましくは4~25μmである。 (4) The thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention is usually 0.1 to 100 μm, preferably 3 to 50 μm, and more preferably 4 to 25 μm.
<光学積層体>
 本発明の粘着剤組成物及び該粘着剤組成物から形成される粘着剤層は、例えば光学フィルムの貼合等に使用することができる。
 本発明の粘着剤層の少なくとも一方の面に光学フィルムが積層された光学積層体も本発明に含まれる。
 本発明の光学積層体は、前記粘着剤組成物を、溶剤に溶解又は分散して溶剤含有の粘着剤組成物とし、次いで、これを、光学フィルムの表面に塗布し、乾燥させることで形成できる。また、剥離フィルム上に同様にして粘着剤層を形成し、この粘着剤層を光学フィルムの表面に積層(転写)することによっても得ることができる。
<Optical laminate>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present invention and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition can be used, for example, for bonding optical films.
An optical laminate in which an optical film is laminated on at least one surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention is also included in the present invention.
The optical laminate of the present invention can be formed by dissolving or dispersing the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in a solvent to form a solvent-containing pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and then applying this to the surface of an optical film and drying. . Alternatively, it can also be obtained by forming a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on a release film in the same manner and laminating (transferring) this pressure-sensitive adhesive layer onto the surface of the optical film.
 本発明の粘着剤層を含む光学積層体について、図を用いながら説明する。
 本発明の粘着剤層及び本発明の光学積層体の層構成の一例を、図1~図5示す。
 図1に記載の粘着剤層1は、粘着剤層面の一時的な保護のため、粘着剤層面1に剥離フィルム2を貼着している状態である。
 図2に記載の光学積層体10Aは、光学フィルム40、本発明の粘着剤層1、剥離フィルム2を含む光学積層体である。
 図3に記載の光学積層体10Bは、保護フィルム8、接着剤層7、偏光フィルム9、接着剤層7、保護フィルム8、本発明の粘着剤層1、剥離フィルム2を含む光学積層体である。
 図4に記載の光学積層体10C及び図5に記載の光学積層体10Dは、保護フォルム8、接着剤層7、偏光フィルム9、接着剤層7、保護フィルム8、本発明の粘着剤層1、位相差フィルム110、粘着剤層7a、発光素子30(液晶セル、有機ELセル)を含む光学積層体である。
The optical laminate including the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
Examples of the layer constitution of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the present invention and the optical laminate of the present invention are shown in FIGS.
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 1 shown in FIG. 1 is in a state where a release film 2 is adhered to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer surface 1 for temporary protection of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer surface.
The optical laminate 10A shown in FIG. 2 is an optical laminate including the optical film 40, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 1 of the present invention, and the release film 2.
The optical laminate 10B shown in FIG. 3 is an optical laminate including a protective film 8, an adhesive layer 7, a polarizing film 9, an adhesive layer 7, a protective film 8, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 1 of the present invention, and a release film 2. is there.
The optical laminated body 10C shown in FIG. 4 and the optical laminated body 10D shown in FIG. , An optical laminate including the retardation film 110, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 7a, and the light emitting element 30 (liquid crystal cell, organic EL cell).
 光学フィルム40は、光線を透過、反射、吸収する等の光学機能を有するフィルムである。光学フィルム40は単層のフィルムであってもよいし、多層のフィルムであってもよい。光学フィルム40は、例えば、偏光フィルム、位相差フィルム、輝度向上フィルム、防眩フィルム、反射防止フィルム、拡散フィルム、集光フィルム、ウィンドウフィルム等が挙げられ、偏光フィルム、位相差フィルム、ウィンドウフィルムまたはこれらの積層フィルムであることが好ましい。 The optical film 40 is a film having an optical function of transmitting, reflecting and absorbing light rays. The optical film 40 may be a single-layer film or a multilayer film. The optical film 40 includes, for example, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a brightness enhancement film, an antiglare film, an antireflection film, a diffusion film, a light-condensing film, a window film, and the like. It is preferable to use these laminated films.
 集光フィルムは、光路制御等を目的に用いられるもので、プリズムアレイシートやレンズアレイシート、ドット付設シート等であることができる。 The light-condensing film is used for the purpose of controlling an optical path and may be a prism array sheet, a lens array sheet, a dot-attached sheet, or the like.
 輝度向上フィルムは、偏光板を適用した液晶表示装置における輝度を向上させる目的で使用される。具体的には、屈折率の異方性が互いに異なる薄膜フィルムを複数枚積層して反射率に異方性が生じるように設計された反射型偏光分離シート、コレステリック液晶ポリマーの配向フィルムやその配向液晶層を基材フィルム上に支持した円偏光分離シート等が挙げられる。 The brightness enhancement film is used for the purpose of improving brightness in a liquid crystal display device to which a polarizing plate is applied. Specifically, a plurality of thin film films having different refractive index anisotropies are laminated to each other, and a reflective polarization separation sheet designed to have anisotropy in reflectance, an alignment film of cholesteric liquid crystal polymer and its alignment. Circularly polarized light separating sheets in which a liquid crystal layer is supported on a base film are exemplified.
 ウィンドフィルムとは、フレキシブルディスプレイ等のフレキシブル表示装置における前面板を意味し、一般的には表示装置の最表面に配置される。ウィンドウフィルムは、例えばポリイミド樹脂からなる樹脂フィルムが挙げられる。ウィンドウフィルムは、例えばポリイミド及びシリカを含む樹脂フィルムのような、有機材料と無機材料のハイブリッドフィルムであってもよい。また、ウィンドウフィルムはその表面に、表面硬度や防汚性、耐指紋性を機能付与するためのハードコート層が配置されていてもよい。ウィンドフィルムとしては、たとえば、特開2017―94488号記載のフィルム等が挙げられる。 (4) A wind film means a front plate of a flexible display device such as a flexible display, and is generally disposed on the outermost surface of the display device. Examples of the window film include a resin film made of a polyimide resin. The window film may be a hybrid film of an organic material and an inorganic material, such as a resin film containing polyimide and silica. In addition, a hard coat layer for imparting surface hardness, stain resistance and fingerprint resistance to the surface of the window film may be provided. Examples of the window film include a film described in JP-A-2017-94488.
 偏光フィルムは、その吸収軸に平行な振動面をもつ直線偏光を吸収し、吸収軸に直交する(透過軸と平行な)振動面をもつ直線偏光を透過する性質を有するフィルムであり、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムに二色性色素を吸着配向させたフィルムを用いることができる。
 二色性色素としては、例えば、ヨウ素や二色性有機染料などが挙げられる。
 ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂のケン化度は、通常85モル%~100モル%、好ましくは98モル%以上である。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は、変性されていてもよく、例えば、アルデヒドで変性されたポリビニルホルマールやポリビニルアセタールなどであってもよい。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の重合度は、通常1,000~10,000、好ましくは1,500~5,000である。
A polarizing film is a film having a property of absorbing linearly polarized light having a vibration plane parallel to its absorption axis and transmitting linearly polarized light having a vibration plane perpendicular to the absorption axis (parallel to the transmission axis). A film in which a dichroic dye is adsorbed and oriented on a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film can be used.
Examples of the dichroic dye include iodine and a dichroic organic dye.
The saponification degree of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually 85 mol% to 100 mol%, preferably 98 mol% or more. The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin may be modified, for example, polyvinyl formal or polyvinyl acetal modified with aldehyde. The polymerization degree of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually from 1,000 to 10,000, preferably from 1,500 to 5,000.
 通常、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂を製膜したものを偏光フィルムの原反フィルムとして用いる。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は、公知の方法で製膜することができる。原反フィルムの厚みは、通常1~150μmであり、延伸のしやすさなどを考慮すれば、好ましくは10μm以上である。 Usually, a film obtained by forming a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is used as a raw film of a polarizing film. The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin can be formed into a film by a known method. The thickness of the raw film is usually 1 to 150 μm, and preferably 10 μm or more in consideration of ease of stretching.
 偏光フィルムは、例えば、原反フィルムに対して、一軸延伸する工程、二色性色素でフィルムを染色してその二色性色素を吸着させる工程、ホウ酸水溶液でフィルムを処理する工程、及び、フィルムを水洗する工程が施され、最後に乾燥して製造される。偏光フィルムの厚みは、通常1~30μmであり、粘着剤層付光学積層体の薄膜化の観点から、好ましくは20μm以下、さらに好ましくは15μm以下、特に好ましくは10μm以下である。 Polarizing film, for example, for the raw film, a step of uniaxially stretching, a step of dyeing the film with a dichroic dye and adsorbing the dichroic dye, a step of treating the film with a boric acid aqueous solution, and The film is washed with water, and finally dried and manufactured. The thickness of the polarizing film is usually 1 to 30 μm, and preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 15 μm or less, and particularly preferably 10 μm or less, from the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the optical laminate with an adhesive layer.
 偏光フィルムの少なくとも一方の面は、接着剤を介して保護フィルムが設けられている偏光板であることが好ましい。
 接着剤としては、公知の接着剤が用いられ、水系接着剤であってもよいし、活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤であってもよい。
At least one surface of the polarizing film is preferably a polarizing plate provided with a protective film via an adhesive.
A known adhesive is used as the adhesive, and may be a water-based adhesive or an active energy ray-curable adhesive.
 水系接着剤としては、慣用の水系接着剤(例えば、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂水溶液からなる接着剤、水系二液型ウレタン系エマルジョン接着剤、アルデヒド化合物、エポキシ化合物、メラミン系化合物、メチロール化合物、イソシアネート化合物、アミン化合物、多価金属塩等の架橋剤など)が挙げられる。これらのうち、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂水溶液からなる水系接着剤を好適に用いることができる。なお、水系接着剤を使用する場合は、偏光フィルムと保護フィルムとを貼合した後、水系接着剤中に含まれる水を除去するために乾燥させる工程を実施することが好ましい。乾燥工程後、例えば20~45℃程度の温度で養生する養生工程を設けてもよい。水系接着剤から形成される接着剤層は、通常0.001~5μmである。 Examples of the water-based adhesive include a conventional water-based adhesive (for example, an adhesive composed of an aqueous solution of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin, an aqueous two-part urethane-based emulsion adhesive, an aldehyde compound, an epoxy compound, a melamine-based compound, a methylol compound, an isocyanate compound, Amine compounds, crosslinking agents such as polyvalent metal salts, etc.). Among these, a water-based adhesive composed of an aqueous solution of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin can be suitably used. When an aqueous adhesive is used, it is preferable to perform a step of bonding the polarizing film and the protective film and then drying the laminated adhesive to remove water contained in the aqueous adhesive. After the drying step, a curing step of curing at a temperature of, for example, about 20 to 45 ° C. may be provided. The thickness of the adhesive layer formed from the aqueous adhesive is usually 0.001 to 5 μm.
 活性エネルギー線硬化性接着剤とは、紫外線や電子線等の活性エネルギー線を照射することで硬化する接着剤をいい、例えば、重合性化合物及び光重合開始剤を含む硬化性組成物、光反応性樹脂を含む硬化性組成物、バインダー樹脂及び光反応性架橋剤を含む硬化性組成物等が挙げられ、好ましくは紫外線硬化性接着剤である。 The active energy ray-curable adhesive refers to an adhesive that cures when irradiated with an active energy ray such as an ultraviolet ray or an electron beam, for example, a curable composition containing a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator, a photoreaction. Curable compositions containing a curable resin, curable compositions containing a binder resin and a photoreactive crosslinking agent, and the like, and are preferably ultraviolet curable adhesives.
 偏光フィルムと保護フィルムとを貼合する方法としては、これらの少なくともいずれか一方の貼合面にケン化処理、コロナ処理、プラズマ処理等の表面活性化処理を施す方法などが挙げられる。偏光フィルムの両面に保護フィルムが貼合される場合、これらの樹脂フィルムを貼合するための接着剤は、同種の接着剤あってもよいし異種の接着剤であってもよい。 方法 Examples of a method of bonding the polarizing film and the protective film include a method of subjecting at least one of these surfaces to a surface activation treatment such as a saponification treatment, a corona treatment, or a plasma treatment. When protective films are bonded on both sides of the polarizing film, the adhesive for bonding these resin films may be the same type of adhesive or different types of adhesives.
 保護フィルムとしては、透光性を有する熱可塑性樹脂から形成されるフィルムであることが好ましい。具体的には、ポリオレフィン系樹脂;セルロース系樹脂;ポリエステル系樹脂;(メタ)アクリル系樹脂;又はこれらの混合物、共重合物等からなるフィルムが揚げられる。偏光フィルムの両面に保護フィルムが設けられる場合、用いられる保護フィルムは、異なる熱可塑性樹脂からなるフィルムであってもよいし、同じ熱可塑性樹脂からなるフィルムであってもよい。
 保護フィルムが偏光フィルムの少なくとも一方の面に積層される場合、保護フィルムはポリオレフィン系樹脂、セルロース系樹脂からなる保護フィルムであることが好ましい。これらのフィルムを用いることで、偏光フィルムの光学特性を損なうことなく高温環境における偏光フィルムの収縮を有効に抑制することができる。なお、保護フィルムも酸素遮蔽層であってもよい。
The protective film is preferably a film formed of a translucent thermoplastic resin. Specifically, a film comprising a polyolefin-based resin; a cellulose-based resin; a polyester-based resin; a (meth) acryl-based resin; or a mixture or copolymer thereof, is fried. When protective films are provided on both surfaces of the polarizing film, the protective films used may be films made of different thermoplastic resins or films made of the same thermoplastic resin.
When the protective film is laminated on at least one surface of the polarizing film, the protective film is preferably a protective film made of a polyolefin resin or a cellulose resin. By using these films, shrinkage of the polarizing film in a high-temperature environment can be effectively suppressed without impairing the optical characteristics of the polarizing film. Note that the protective film may also be an oxygen shielding layer.
 偏光板の好ましい構成としては、偏光フィルムの少なくとも一方の面に接着剤層を介して保護フィルムが積層された偏光板である。保護フィルムが偏光フィルムの一方の面にしか積層されない場合、視認側に積層されることがより好ましい。視認側に積層された保護フィルムは、トリアセチルセルロース系樹脂又はシクロオレフィン系樹脂からなる保護フィルムであることが好ましい。保護フィルムは未延伸フィルムであってもよいし、任意の方向に延伸され位相差を有していてもよい。視認側に積層された保護フィルムの表面にはハードコート層やアンチグレア層などの表面処理層が設けられていてもよい。
 保護フィルムが偏光フィルムの両面に積層される場合、パネル側(視認側と反対側)の保護フィルムは、トリアセチルセルロース系樹脂、シクロオレフィン系樹脂又はアクリル系樹脂からなる保護フィルム又は位相差フィルムであることが好ましい。位相差フィルムは後述するゼロレタデーションフィルムであってもよい。
A preferred configuration of the polarizing plate is a polarizing plate in which a protective film is laminated on at least one surface of a polarizing film via an adhesive layer. When the protective film is laminated only on one surface of the polarizing film, it is more preferable that the protective film is laminated on the viewing side. The protective film laminated on the viewing side is preferably a protective film made of a triacetyl cellulose resin or a cycloolefin resin. The protective film may be an unstretched film, or may be stretched in an arbitrary direction and have a phase difference. A surface treatment layer such as a hard coat layer or an anti-glare layer may be provided on the surface of the protective film laminated on the viewing side.
When the protective film is laminated on both sides of the polarizing film, the protective film on the panel side (the side opposite to the viewing side) is a protective film or a retardation film made of a triacetyl cellulose resin, a cycloolefin resin or an acrylic resin. Preferably, there is. The retardation film may be a zero retardation film described later.
 位相差フィルムとは、光学異方性を示す光学フィルムであって、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリカーボネート、ポリエステル、ポリアリレート、ポリイミド、ポリオレフィン、ポリシクロオレフィン、ポリスチレン、ポリサルホン、ポリエーテルサルホン、ポリビニリデンフルオライド/ポリメチルメタクリレート、アセチルセルロース、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体ケン化物、ポリ塩化ビニルなどからなる高分子フィルムを1.01~6倍程度に延伸することにより得られる延伸フィルムなどが挙げられる。延伸フィルムの中でも、アセチルセルロース、ポリエステル、ポリカーボネートフィルムやシクロオレフィン系樹脂フィルムを一軸延伸または二軸延伸した高分子フィルムであることが好ましい。また、位相差フィルムは、液晶性化合物を基材に塗布・配向によって光学異方性を発現させた位相差フィルムであってもよい。
 なお、本明細書において、位相差フィルムは、ゼロレタデーションフィルムを含み、一軸性位相差フィルム、低光弾性率位相差フィルム、広視野角位相差フィルムなどと称されるフィルムも含む。
The retardation film is an optical film exhibiting optical anisotropy, for example, polyvinyl alcohol, polycarbonate, polyester, polyarylate, polyimide, polyolefin, polycycloolefin, polystyrene, polysulfone, polyethersulfone, polyvinylidene fluoride. Stretched films obtained by stretching a polymer film composed of ride / polymethyl methacrylate, acetylcellulose, saponified ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyvinyl chloride, etc. to about 1.01 to 6 times are exemplified. Among the stretched films, a polymer film obtained by uniaxially or biaxially stretching an acetylcellulose, polyester, polycarbonate film or cycloolefin resin film is preferable. Further, the retardation film may be a retardation film in which a liquid crystal compound is applied to a substrate and has optical anisotropy developed by orientation.
In this specification, the retardation film includes a zero retardation film, and also includes a film called a uniaxial retardation film, a low photoelastic modulus retardation film, a wide viewing angle retardation film, or the like.
 ゼロレタデーションフィルムとは、正面レタデーションReと厚み方向のレタデーションRthとが、ともに-15~15nmであり、光学的に等方なフィルムをいう。ゼロレタデーションフィルムとしては、セルロース系樹脂、ポリオレフィン系樹脂(鎖状ポリオレフィン系樹脂、ポリシクロオレフィン系樹脂など)またはポリエチレンテレフタレート系樹脂からなる樹脂フィルムが挙げられ、レタデーション値の制御が容易で、入手も容易であるという点で、セルロース系樹脂またはポリオレフィン系樹脂が好ましい。ゼロレタデーションフィルムは、保護フィルムとしても用いることができる。ゼロレタデーションフィルムとしては、富士フイルム(株)から販売されている“Z-TAC”(商品名)、コニカミノルタオプト(株)から販売されている“ゼロタック(登録商標)”、日本ゼオン(株)から販売されている“ZF-14”(商品名)などが挙げられる。 The zero Letters retardation film, and the retardation R th for the front retardation R e and the thickness direction, are both -15 ~ 15 nm, refers to the isotropic film optically. Examples of the zero retardation film include a resin film made of a cellulose resin, a polyolefin resin (a chain polyolefin resin, a polycycloolefin resin, etc.) or a polyethylene terephthalate resin. In terms of ease, a cellulose resin or a polyolefin resin is preferred. The zero retardation film can also be used as a protective film. Examples of the zero retardation film include “Z-TAC” (trade name) sold by FUJIFILM Corporation, “Zero Tac (registered trademark)” sold by Konica Minolta Opto, Ltd., and Zeon Corporation And "ZF-14" (trade name) sold by the company.
 本発明の光学フィルムにおいて、位相差フィルムは、液晶性化合物を塗布・配向によって光学異方性を発現させた位相差フィルムが好ましい。 に お い て In the optical film of the present invention, the retardation film is preferably a retardation film in which a liquid crystal compound is applied and oriented to develop optical anisotropy.
 液晶性化合物の塗布・配向によって光学異方性を発現させたフィルムとしては、以下の第一の形態~第五の形態が挙げられる。
第一の形態:棒状液晶化合物が支持基材に対して水平方向に配向した位相差フィルム
第二の形態:棒状液晶化合物が支持基材に対して垂直方向に配向した位相差フィルム
第三の形態:棒状液晶化合物が面内で螺旋状に配向の方向が変化している位相差フィルム
第四の形態:円盤状液晶化合物が傾斜配向している位相差フィルム
第五の形態:円盤状液晶化合物が支持基材に対して垂直方向に配向した二軸性の位相差フィルム
Examples of the film in which optical anisotropy is developed by coating and orientation of the liquid crystal compound include the following first to fifth embodiments.
First form: a retardation film in which a rod-shaped liquid crystal compound is oriented in a horizontal direction with respect to a supporting substrate. Second form: a retardation film in which a rod-shaped liquid crystal compound is oriented in a direction perpendicular to a supporting substrate. : Retardation film in which rod-shaped liquid crystal compound is spirally changed in plane in the plane. Fourth form: Retardation film in which discotic liquid crystal compound is tilted. Fifth form: Discotic liquid crystal compound is Biaxial retardation film oriented perpendicular to supporting substrate
 たとえば、有機エレクトロルミネッセンスディスプレイに用いられる光学フィルムとしては、第一の形態、第二の形態、第五の形態が好適に用いられる。またはこれらの形態の位相差フィルムを積層させて用いてもよい。 For example, as an optical film used for an organic electroluminescence display, the first mode, the second mode, and the fifth mode are suitably used. Alternatively, a retardation film of these forms may be laminated and used.
 位相差フィルムが、重合性液晶化合物の配向状態における重合体からなる層(以下、「光学異方性層」と称する場合がある)である場合、位相差フィルムは逆波長分散性を有することが好ましい。逆波長分散性とは、短波長での液晶配向面内位相差値の方が長波長での液晶配向面内位相差値よりも小さくなる光学特性であり、好ましくは、位相差フィルムが下記式(7)および式(8)を満たすことである。なお、Re(λ)は波長λnmの光に対する面内位相差値を表す。
 Re(450)/Re(550)≦1   (7)
 1≦Re(630)/Re(550)   (8)
 本発明の光学フィルムにおいて、位相差フィルムが第一の形態でかつ逆波長分散性を有する場合、表示装置での黒表示時の着色が低減するため好ましく、前記式(7)において0.82≦Re(450)/Re(550)≦0.93であればより好ましい。さらに120≦Re(550)≦150が好ましい。
When the retardation film is a layer made of a polymer in an alignment state of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as an “optically anisotropic layer”), the retardation film may have reverse wavelength dispersion. preferable. The reverse wavelength dispersibility is an optical property in which the in-plane retardation value of the liquid crystal alignment at a short wavelength is smaller than the in-plane retardation value of the liquid crystal alignment at a long wavelength. Preferably, the retardation film has the following formula: (7) and Expression (8) must be satisfied. Note that Re (λ) represents an in-plane retardation value for light having a wavelength of λ nm.
Re (450) / Re (550) ≦ 1 (7)
1 ≦ Re (630) / Re (550) (8)
In the optical film of the present invention, when the retardation film is in the first form and has reverse wavelength dispersion, it is preferable because coloring during black display on a display device is reduced, and 0.82 ≦ in the formula (7). More preferably, Re (450) / Re (550) ≦ 0.93. Further, it is preferable that 120 ≦ Re (550) ≦ 150.
 位相差フィルムが、光学異方性層を有するフィルムである場合の重合性液晶化合物としては、液晶便覧(液晶便覧編集委員会編、丸善(株)平成12年10月30日発行)の「3.8.6 ネットワーク(完全架橋型)」、「6.5.1 液晶材料 b.重合性ネマチック液晶材料」に記載された化合物の中で重合性基を有する化合物、並びに、特開2010-31223号公報、特開2010-270108号公報、特開2011-6360号公報、特開2011-207765号公報、特開2011-162678号公報、特開2016-81035号公報、国際公開第2017/043438号及び特表2011-207765号公報に記載の重合性液晶化合物等が挙げられる。 When the retardation film is a film having an optically anisotropic layer, examples of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound include “3” in Liquid Crystal Handbook (edited by Liquid Crystal Handbook Editing Committee, published by Maruzen Co., Ltd. on October 30, 2000). Compounds having a polymerizable group among compounds described in “8.8.6 {Network (completely cross-linked type)” and “6.5.1 {Liquid crystal material} b. Polymerizable nematic liquid crystal material” ”, and JP-A-2010-31223. JP, JP-A-2010-270108, JP-A-2011-6360, JP-A-2011-207765, JP-A-2011-162678, JP-A-2016-81035, and WO2017 / 043438. And polymerizable liquid crystal compounds described in JP-T-2011-207765.
 重合性液晶化合物の配向状態における重合体から位相差フィルムを製造する方法は、例えば、特開2010-31223号公報に記載の方法等が挙げられる。 (4) A method for producing a retardation film from a polymer in an alignment state of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound includes, for example, a method described in JP-A-2010-31223.
第2の形態の場合、正面位相差値Re(550)は0~10nmの範囲に、好ましくは0~5nmの範囲に調整すればよく、厚み方向の位相差値Rthは、-10~-300nmの範囲に、好ましくは-20~-200nmの範囲に調整すればよい。厚み方向の屈折率異方性を意味する厚み方向の位相差値Rthは、面内の進相軸を傾斜軸として50度傾斜させて測定される位相差値R50と面内の位相差値R0 とから算出できる。すなわち、厚み方向の位相差値Rthは、面内の位相差値R0、進相軸を傾斜軸として50度傾斜させて測定した位相差値R50、位相差フィルムの厚みd、及び位相差フィルムの平均屈折率n0から、以下の式 (10)~(12)によりnx、ny及びnz を求め、これらを式(9)に代入して、算出することができる。 In the case of the second embodiment, the front retardation value Re (550) may be adjusted in the range of 0 to 10 nm, preferably in the range of 0 to 5 nm, and the retardation value Rth in the thickness direction is -10 to- It may be adjusted to a range of 300 nm, preferably to a range of -20 to -200 nm. The retardation value R th in the thickness direction, which means the refractive index anisotropy in the thickness direction, is the retardation value R 50 measured at an angle of 50 degrees with the in-plane fast axis being the inclined axis, and the in-plane retardation value R 50. It can be calculated from the value R 0 . That is, the retardation value R th in the thickness direction is the in-plane retardation value R 0 , the retardation value R 50 measured by inclining the fast axis by 50 degrees with the fast axis as the inclination axis, the thickness d of the retardation film, and the position. the average refractive index n 0 of the retardation film, obtains the n x, n y and n z by the following equation (10) to (12), these are substituted into equation (9) can be calculated.
  Rth=[(n+n)/2-n]×d  (9)
  R =(n-n)×d          (10)
  R50=(n-n')×d/cos(φ)   (11)
  (n+n+n)/3=n        (12)
ここで、
  φ=sin-1〔sin(40°)/n
  n'=n×n/〔n ×sin(φ)+n ×cos(φ)〕1/2
R th = [( nx + ny ) / 2− nz ] × d (9)
R 0 = (n x -n y ) × d (10)
R 50 = (n x -n y ') × d / cos (φ) (11)
(n x + n y + n z) / 3 = n 0 (12)
here,
φ = sin -1 [sin (40 °) / n 0 ]
n y '= n y × n z / [n y 2 × sin 2 (φ ) + n z 2 × cos 2 (φ) ] 1/2
 液晶性化合物の塗布・配向によって光学異方性を発現させたフィルムや、無機層状化合物の塗布によって光学異方性を発現させたフィルムとしては、温度補償型位相差フィルムと称されるフィルム、JX日鉱日石エネルギー(株)から販売されている“NHフィルム”(商品名;棒状液晶が傾斜配向したフィルム)、富士フイルム(株)から販売されている“WVフィルム”(商品名;円盤状液晶が傾斜配向したフィルム)、住友化学(株)から販売されている“VACフィルム”(商品名;完全二軸配向型のフィルム)、住友化学(株)から販売されている“new VACフィルム”(商品名;二軸配向型のフィルム)などが挙げられる。 Films that exhibit optical anisotropy by application and orientation of liquid crystal compounds and films that exhibit optical anisotropy by application of inorganic layered compounds include films referred to as temperature-compensated retardation films and JX. "NH film" (trade name; a film in which rod-shaped liquid crystals are tilted) sold by Nippon Mining & Energy Co., Ltd., and "WV film" (trade name: disc-shaped liquid crystal) sold by Fuji Film Co., Ltd. Is a film with tilted orientation), “VAC film” (trade name; fully biaxially-oriented film) sold by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., and “new @ VAC film” (trade name) sold by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd. Trade name; biaxially oriented film).
 位相差フィルムは、二以上の層を有する多層フィルムであってもよい。例えば、位相差フィルムの片面又は両面に保護フィルムが積層されたものや、二以上の位相差フィルムが粘着剤又は接着剤を介して積層されたものが挙げられる。 The retardation film may be a multilayer film having two or more layers. For example, there are a retardation film in which a protective film is laminated on one or both sides, and a retardation film in which two or more retardation films are laminated via an adhesive or an adhesive.
 位相差フィルムが多層フィルムである場合、本発明の光学フィルムを含む光学積層体の構成としては、図4に示したように、透過光に1/4波長分の位相差を付与する1/4波長位相差層50と透過光に1/2波長分の位相差を付与する1/2波長位相差層70とを、接着剤層又は粘着剤層60を介して積層した位相差フィルム110を含む構成が挙げられる。また、図5に示したように、1/4波長位相差層50aとポジティブC層80とを、接着剤層又は粘着剤層60を介して積層した光学フィルム40を含む構成も挙げられる。 When the retardation film is a multilayer film, the structure of the optical laminate including the optical film of the present invention is, as shown in FIG. Includes a retardation film 110 in which a wavelength retardation layer 50 and a 波長 wavelength retardation layer 70 that imparts a phase difference of 波長 wavelength to transmitted light are laminated via an adhesive layer or an adhesive layer 60. Configuration. Further, as shown in FIG. 5, a configuration including the optical film 40 in which the quarter-wave retardation layer 50a and the positive C layer 80 are laminated via the adhesive layer or the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 60 is also included.
 図4の1/4波長分の位相差を付与する1/4波長位相差層50、および透過光に1/2波長分の位相差を付与する1/2波長位相差層70は上記第一の形態の光学フィルムであっても第五の形態の光学フィルムであってもよい。図4の構成の場合、少なくとも片方が第五の形態であることがより好ましい。 The 図 wavelength retardation layer 50 for imparting a 差 wavelength phase difference and the 波長 wavelength retardation layer 70 for imparting a 波長 wavelength phase difference to transmitted light in FIG. The optical film of the fifth embodiment or the optical film of the fifth embodiment may be used. In the case of the configuration shown in FIG. 4, it is more preferable that at least one of them has the fifth mode.
 図5の構成の場合、1/4波長位相差層50aは上記第一の形態の光学フィルムであることが好ましく、さらに式(7)、式(8)を満たすことがより好ましい。
 図4及び図5における粘着剤層7aは、粘着剤組成物から形成される層である。粘着剤層7aは、公知の粘着剤組成物を使用してもよいし、本発明の粘着剤組成物を使用してもよい。
In the case of the configuration of FIG. 5, the quarter-wave retardation layer 50a is preferably the optical film of the first embodiment, and more preferably satisfies the expressions (7) and (8).
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 7a in FIGS. 4 and 5 is a layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. For the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 7a, a known pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be used, or the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition of the present invention may be used.
<液晶表示装置>
 本発明の樹脂、該樹脂を含む粘着剤組成物、及び前記粘着剤組成物から形成される粘着剤層を含む光学積層体は、有機EL素子、液晶セル等の表示素子に積層させて、有機EL表示装置や液晶表示装置等の表示装置(FPD:フラットパネルディスプレイ)に用いる事ができる。
<Liquid crystal display device>
The resin of the present invention, a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin, and an optical laminate including a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition are laminated on a display element such as an organic EL element or a liquid crystal cell to form an organic layer. It can be used for a display device (FPD: flat panel display) such as an EL display device or a liquid crystal display device.
以下、実施例および比較例により本発明をさらに詳細に説明する。実施例、比較例、重合例中の「%」および「部」は、特記しない限り、「質量%」および「質量部」である。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to Examples and Comparative Examples. “%” And “parts” in Examples, Comparative Examples and Polymerization Examples are “% by mass” and “parts by mass” unless otherwise specified.
[実施例1]:インドール構造と重合性基とを有する光選択吸収化合物の合成
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000037
 ジムロート冷却管及び温度計を設置した1000mL四ツ口フラスコ内を窒素雰囲気に置換した後、式(1)で表される化合物(1-メチル-2-フェニル-1H-インドール-3-カルボキシアルデヒド) 100部、シアノ酢酸 40部、ピペリジン 76部及びアセトニトリル 300部を仕込み、撹拌しながら80℃で4時間保温した。得られた混合物から、析出した結晶を濾別して取り出した。得られた結晶と5%硫酸500部とを混合し、撹拌しながら80℃で1時間保温した。得られた混合物をろ過し、固体を得た。得られた固体を水300部で洗浄し、乾燥させて、式(2)で表される化合物(2-シアノ-3-(1-メチル-2-フェニル-1H-インドール-3-イル)-2-プロペン酸) 116部を得た。
[Example 1]: Synthesis of light selective absorption compound having indole structure and polymerizable group
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000037
After replacing the inside of a 1000 mL four-necked flask equipped with a Dimroth condenser and a thermometer with a nitrogen atmosphere, a compound represented by the formula (1) (1-methyl-2-phenyl-1H-indole-3-carboxaldehyde) is obtained. 100 parts, 40 parts of cyanoacetic acid, 76 parts of piperidine and 300 parts of acetonitrile were charged and kept at 80 ° C. for 4 hours while stirring. From the resulting mixture, the precipitated crystals were separated by filtration and taken out. The obtained crystals and 500 parts of 5% sulfuric acid were mixed and kept at 80 ° C. for 1 hour with stirring. The obtained mixture was filtered to obtain a solid. The obtained solid is washed with 300 parts of water and dried, and the compound represented by the formula (2) (2-cyano-3- (1-methyl-2-phenyl-1H-indol-3-yl)- 116 parts of 2-propenoic acid) were obtained.
 式(2)で表される化合物の同定
H-NMR(CDCl)δ:3.70(s、3H)、7.30-7.42(dt、2H)、7.50-7.55(m、2H)、7.60-7.64(m、3H)、7.68(d、1H)、7.93(s、1H)、8.26(d、1H)
Identification of the compound represented by the formula (2)
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ: 3.70 (s, 3H), 7.30-7.42 (dt, 2H), 7.50-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.60-7 .64 (m, 3H), 7.68 (d, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d, 1H)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000038
 温度計を設置した100mL四ツ口フラスコ内を窒素雰囲気に置換した後、式(2)で表される化合物 5部、アクリル酸-4-ヒドロキシブチル 2.3部、N,N-ジメチル-4-アミノピリジン 0.4部、2,6-ジ-t-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール 0.2部及びトリクロロメタン 50部を仕込み、0℃に冷却した。得られた混合物に、N,N’-ジイソプロピルカルボジイミド 2.2部を0~5℃に保ちながら滴下した。滴下後、得られた混合物を10℃で4時間保温した。得られた混合物をろ過し、ろ液を得た。得られたろ液を濃縮し、オイルを得た。得られたオイルに、トルエン 50部及び水 50部を混合して分液し、トルエン層を得た。得られたトルエン層を濃縮し、黄色の粗結晶を得た。粗結晶をイソプロピルアルコールで再結晶を行い、式(3)で表される化合物(2-シアノ-3-(1-メチル-2-フェニル-1H-インドール-3-イル)-2-プロペン酸-4-アクリロイルオキシブチル) 4.9部を得た。式(3)で表される化合物の最大吸収波長は386nmであった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000038
After replacing the inside of a 100 mL four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer with a nitrogen atmosphere, 5 parts of the compound represented by the formula (2), 2.3 parts of 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate, N, N-dimethyl-4 -Aminopyridine 0.4 part, 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylphenol 0.2 part and trichloromethane 50 part were charged and cooled to 0 ° C. 2.2 parts of N, N'-diisopropylcarbodiimide was added dropwise to the obtained mixture while maintaining the temperature at 0 to 5 ° C. After the dropwise addition, the resulting mixture was kept at 10 ° C. for 4 hours. The obtained mixture was filtered to obtain a filtrate. The obtained filtrate was concentrated to obtain an oil. To the obtained oil, 50 parts of toluene and 50 parts of water were mixed and separated to obtain a toluene layer. The obtained toluene layer was concentrated to obtain yellow crude crystals. The crude crystals were recrystallized from isopropyl alcohol to give a compound of the formula (3) (2-cyano-3- (1-methyl-2-phenyl-1H-indol-3-yl) -2-propenoic acid- 4-Acryloyloxybutyl) 4.9 parts were obtained. The maximum absorption wavelength of the compound represented by the formula (3) was 386 nm.
 式(3)で表される化合物の同定
H-NMR(CDCl)δ:1.75-1.80(m、4H)、3.70(s、3H)、4.15-4.20(t、2H)、4.23-4.27(t、2H)、5.78-5.82(dd、1H)、6.06-6.14(dd、1H)、6.36-6.41(dd、1H)7.35-7.43(m、5H)、7.54-7.57(m、3H)、8.12(s、1H)、8.42-8.45(m、1H)
Identification of the compound represented by the formula (3)
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ: 1.75-1.80 (m, 4H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 4.15-4.20 (t, 2H), 4.23-4 .27 (t, 2H), 5.78-5.82 (dd, 1H), 6.06-6.14 (dd, 1H), 6.36-6.41 (dd, 1H) 7.35- 7.43 (m, 5H), 7.54-7.57 (m, 3H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.42-8.45 (m, 1H)
 得られた式(3)で表される化合物のメチルエチルケトン溶液(0.006g/L)を1cmの石英セルに入れ、石英セルを分光光度計UV-2450(株式会社島津製作所製)にセットし、ダブルビーム法により1nmステップ300~800nmの波長範囲で吸光度を測定した。得られた吸光度の値と、溶液中の化合物の濃度、石英セルの光路長から、波長ごとのグラム吸光係数を算出した。その結果、ε(405)=34.9L/(g・cm)であり、ε(440)=2.0L/(g・cm)であり、ε(405)/ε(440)=17.5であった。
ε(λ)=A(λ)/CL   
〔式中、ε(λ)は波長λnmにおける式(3)で表される化合物のグラム吸光係数L/(g・cm)を表し、A(λ)は波長λnmにおける吸光度を表し、Cは濃度g/Lを表し、Lは石英セルの光路長cmを表す。〕
The obtained methyl ethyl ketone solution (0.006 g / L) of the compound represented by the formula (3) is placed in a 1 cm quartz cell, and the quartz cell is set on a spectrophotometer UV-2450 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation). The absorbance was measured in a wavelength range of 300 to 800 nm in 1 nm steps by the double beam method. The gram extinction coefficient for each wavelength was calculated from the obtained absorbance value, the concentration of the compound in the solution, and the optical path length of the quartz cell. As a result, ε (405) = 34.9 L / (g · cm), ε (440) = 2.0 L / (g · cm), and ε (405) / ε (440) = 17.5. Met.
ε (λ) = A (λ) / CL
[Where ε (λ) represents the gram extinction coefficient L / (g · cm) of the compound represented by the formula (3) at the wavelength λnm, A (λ) represents the absorbance at the wavelength λnm, and C represents the concentration. g / L, where L is the optical path length cm of the quartz cell. ]
[実施例2]:インドール構造と重合性基とを有する光選択吸収化合物の合成
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000039
 アクリル酸-4-ヒドロキシブチル 2.3部の代わりに、アクリル酸-2-ヒドロキシエチル 2部を用いる以外は、実施例1と同様にして、式(4)で表される化合物(2-シアノ-3-(1-メチル-2-フェニル-1H-インドール-3-イル)-2-プロペン酸-2-アクリロイルオキシエチル) 4.3部を得た。式(4)で表される化合物の最大吸収波長は388nmであった。実施例1と同様にしてグラム吸光係数を求めたところ、ε(405)=45.4L/(g・cm)であり、ε(440)=1.0L/(g・cm)であり、ε(405)/ε(440)=45.4であった。
[Example 2]: Synthesis of light selective absorption compound having indole structure and polymerizable group
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000039
A compound represented by the formula (4) (2-cyanoethyl) was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 2.3 parts of 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate was used instead of 2.3 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate. 4.3 parts of -2- (1-methyl-2-phenyl-1H-indol-3-yl) -2-propenoic acid-2-acryloyloxyethyl) were obtained. The maximum absorption wavelength of the compound represented by the formula (4) was 388 nm. When the gram extinction coefficient was determined in the same manner as in Example 1, ε (405) = 45.4 L / (g · cm), ε (440) = 1.0 L / (g · cm), and ε (405) / ε (440) = 45.4.
 式(4)で表される化合物の同定
H-NMR(CDCl)δ:3.70(s、3H)、4.38-4.43(dt、2H)、4.43-4.48(dt、2H)、5.83-5.86(dd、1H)、6.09-6.17(dd、1H)、6.4-6.45(dd、1H)7.35-7.45(m、5H)、7.52-7.58(m、3H)、8.12(s、1H)、8.42-8.45(m、1H)
Identification of the compound represented by the formula (4)
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 ) δ: 3.70 (s, 3H), 4.38-4.43 (dt, 2H), 4.43-4.48 (dt, 2H), 5.83-5 .86 (dd, 1H), 6.09-6.17 (dd, 1H), 6.4-6.45 (dd, 1H) 7.35-7.45 (m, 5H), 7.52- 7.58 (m, 3H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.42-8.45 (m, 1H)
[実施例3]:インドール構造を有する構造単位を含有する樹脂(A-1)の合成
 冷却管、窒素導入管、温度計および攪拌機を備えた反応容器に、溶媒として酢酸エチル141部、アクリル酸ブチル94部、アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル3部、式(3)で表される化合物 3部の混合溶液を仕込み、窒素ガスで装置内の空気を置換して酸素不含としながら内温を60℃とした。得られた混合物に、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル(重合開始剤)0.63部を酢酸エチル10部に溶かした溶液を全量添加した。得られた混合物を60℃で7時間保持し、次いで得られた混合物に4‐メトキシフェノール(重合禁止剤)0.0012部を酢酸エチル5部に溶かした溶液を全量添加した。得られた混合物に酢酸エチルを加えてインドール構造を有する樹脂(A-1)の濃度が20%となるように調節し、インドール構造を有する樹脂(A-1)の酢酸エチル溶液を調製した。得られたインドール構造を有する樹脂(A-1)は、GPCによるポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量Mwが74万、Mw/Mnが5.2であった。DSCによるガラス転移温度は-51℃であった。
[Example 3]: Synthesis of resin (A-1) containing structural unit having an indole structure In a reaction vessel equipped with a cooling pipe, a nitrogen introduction pipe, a thermometer, and a stirrer, 141 parts of ethyl acetate as a solvent, acrylic acid A mixed solution of 94 parts of butyl, 3 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, and 3 parts of the compound represented by the formula (3) was charged, and the inside temperature of the apparatus was reduced to 60 while replacing the air in the apparatus with nitrogen gas to eliminate oxygen. ° C. To the obtained mixture, a solution prepared by dissolving 0.63 parts of azobisisobutyronitrile (polymerization initiator) in 10 parts of ethyl acetate was added in total. The obtained mixture was kept at 60 ° C. for 7 hours, and then a solution prepared by dissolving 0.0012 parts of 4-methoxyphenol (polymerization inhibitor) in 5 parts of ethyl acetate was added to the obtained mixture. Ethyl acetate was added to the obtained mixture to adjust the concentration of the resin (A-1) having an indole structure to 20%, thereby preparing an ethyl acetate solution of the resin (A-1) having an indole structure. The obtained resin (A-1) having an indole structure had a weight average molecular weight Mw of 740,000 in terms of polystyrene by GPC and Mw / Mn of 5.2. The glass transition temperature by DSC was -51 ° C.
<グラム吸光係数ε測定>
 得られた樹脂(A-1)のメチルエチルケトン溶液(0.011g/L)を1cmの石英セルに入れ、石英セルを分光光度計UV-2450(株式会社島津製作所製)にセットし、ダブルビーム法により1nmステップ300~800nmの波長範囲で吸光度を測定した。得られた吸光度の値と、溶液中の樹脂(A)濃度、石英セルの光路長から、波長ごとのグラム吸光係数を算出した。その結果、樹脂(A-1)のε(405)=0.442L/(g・cm)、ε(440)=0.008L/(g・cm)、ε(405)/ε(440)=53.3であった。
ε(λ)=A(λ)/CL   
〔式中、ε(λ)は波長λnmにおける樹脂(A)のグラム吸光係数L/(g・cm)を表し、A(λ)は波長λnmにおける吸光度を表し、Cは濃度g/Lを表し、Lは石英セルの光路長cmを表す。〕
<Gram extinction coefficient ε measurement>
A solution of the obtained resin (A-1) in methyl ethyl ketone (0.011 g / L) was placed in a 1 cm quartz cell, and the quartz cell was set on a spectrophotometer UV-2450 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), followed by a double beam method. The absorbance was measured in a wavelength range of 300 to 800 nm in steps of 1 nm. The gram extinction coefficient for each wavelength was calculated from the obtained absorbance value, the concentration of the resin (A) in the solution, and the optical path length of the quartz cell. As a result, ε (405) of resin (A-1) = 0.442 L / (g · cm), ε (440) = 0.008 L / (g · cm), ε (405) / ε (440) = 53.3.
ε (λ) = A (λ) / CL
[Where ε (λ) represents the gram extinction coefficient L / (g · cm) of the resin (A) at a wavelength λnm, A (λ) represents the absorbance at a wavelength λnm, and C represents the concentration g / L. , L represent the optical path length cm of the quartz cell. ]
[実施例4]:インドール構造を有する構造単位を含有する樹脂(A-2)の合成
 冷却管、窒素導入管、温度計および攪拌機を備えた反応容器に、溶媒として酢酸エチル141部、アクリル酸ブチル94部、アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル3部、式(4)で表される化合物 3部の混合溶液を仕込み、窒素ガスで装置内の空気を置換して酸素不含としながら内温を60℃とした。得られた混合物に、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル(重合開始剤)0.63部を酢酸エチル10部に溶かした溶液を全量添加した。得られた混合物を60℃で7時間保持し、次いで得られた混合物に4‐メトキシフェノール(重合禁止剤)0.0012部を酢酸エチル5部に溶かした溶液を全量添加した。得られた混合物に酢酸エチルを加えてインドール構造を有する樹脂(A-2)の濃度が20%となるように調節し、インドール構造を有する樹脂(A-2)の酢酸エチル溶液を調製した。得られたインドール構造を有する樹脂(A-2)は、GPCによるポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量Mwが67万、Mw/Mnが4.9であった。DSCによるガラス転移温度は-50℃であった。また、実施例3と同様の方法で樹脂(A-2)のグラム吸光係数を測定した結果、ε(405)=0.336L/(g・cm)、ε(440)=0.035L/(g・cm)、ε(405)/ε(440)=9.5であった。
Example 4 Synthesis of Resin (A-2) Containing Structural Unit Having Indole Structure In a reaction vessel equipped with a cooling pipe, a nitrogen introduction pipe, a thermometer, and a stirrer, 141 parts of ethyl acetate as a solvent, acrylic acid A mixed solution of 94 parts of butyl, 3 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, and 3 parts of the compound represented by the formula (4) was charged, and the inside temperature of the apparatus was adjusted to 60 while replacing the air in the apparatus with nitrogen gas to eliminate oxygen. ° C. To the obtained mixture, a solution prepared by dissolving 0.63 parts of azobisisobutyronitrile (polymerization initiator) in 10 parts of ethyl acetate was added in total. The obtained mixture was kept at 60 ° C. for 7 hours, and then a solution prepared by dissolving 0.0012 parts of 4-methoxyphenol (polymerization inhibitor) in 5 parts of ethyl acetate was added to the obtained mixture. Ethyl acetate was added to the obtained mixture to adjust the concentration of the resin (A-2) having an indole structure to 20%, thereby preparing an ethyl acetate solution of the resin (A-2) having an indole structure. The obtained resin (A-2) having an indole structure had a weight average molecular weight Mw of 670,000 in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC and Mw / Mn of 4.9. The glass transition temperature by DSC was -50 ° C. The gram extinction coefficient of the resin (A-2) was measured in the same manner as in Example 3. As a result, ε (405) = 0.336 L / (g · cm) and ε (440) = 0.035 L / ( g · cm), and ε (405) / ε (440) = 9.5.
[重合例1]:アクリル樹脂(A-3)の調製
 酢酸エチル141部、アクリル酸ブチル94部、アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル3部を仕込み、窒素ガスで装置内の空気を置換して酸素不含としながら内温を60℃とした。得られた混合物に、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル(重合開始剤)0.63部を酢酸エチル10部に溶かした溶液を全量添加した。得られた混合物を60℃で7時間保持し、次いで得られた混合物に4‐メトキシフェノール(重合禁止剤)0.0012部を酢酸エチル5部に溶かした溶液を全量添加した。得られた混合物に酢酸エチルを加えてアクリル樹脂(A-3)の濃度が20%となるように調節し、アクリル樹脂(A-3)の酢酸エチル溶液を調製した。得られたアクリル樹脂(A-3)は、GPCによるポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量Mwが60万、Mw/Mnが6.0であった。DSCによるガラス転移温度は-49℃であった。また、実施例3と同様の方法でグラム吸光係数を測定した結果、波長405nm及び波長440nmにおける吸収はなく、いずれの吸光度も0であった。
[Polymerization Example 1]: Preparation of acrylic resin (A-3) 141 parts of ethyl acetate, 94 parts of butyl acrylate, and 3 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate were charged, and air in the apparatus was replaced with nitrogen gas to remove oxygen. The internal temperature was set to 60 ° C. To the obtained mixture, a solution prepared by dissolving 0.63 parts of azobisisobutyronitrile (polymerization initiator) in 10 parts of ethyl acetate was added in total. The obtained mixture was kept at 60 ° C. for 7 hours, and then a solution prepared by dissolving 0.0012 parts of 4-methoxyphenol (polymerization inhibitor) in 5 parts of ethyl acetate was added to the obtained mixture. Ethyl acetate was added to the obtained mixture to adjust the concentration of the acrylic resin (A-3) to 20%, thereby preparing an ethyl acetate solution of the acrylic resin (A-3). The obtained acrylic resin (A-3) had a weight average molecular weight Mw in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC of 600,000 and Mw / Mn of 6.0. The glass transition temperature by DSC was -49 ° C. The gram extinction coefficient was measured in the same manner as in Example 3. As a result, there was no absorption at the wavelengths of 405 nm and 440 nm, and both the absorbances were 0.
<粘着剤組成物及び粘着剤層の作製>
(a)粘着剤組成物の調製
[実施例5]:粘着剤組成物(1)の調製
 得られたインドール構造を有する樹脂(A-1)の酢酸エチル溶液(樹脂濃度:20%)に、該溶液の固形分100部に対して、架橋剤(コロネートL、固形分75%:東ソー製)0.5部及びシラン化合物(信越化学工業製:KBM-403)0.5部を混合し、さらに固形分濃度が14%となるように2-ブタノンを添加して粘着剤組成物(1)を得た。なお、上記架橋剤(コロネートL)の配合量は、有効成分としての質量部数である。
<Preparation of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition and pressure-sensitive adhesive layer>
(A) Preparation of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition [Example 5]: Preparation of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1) Ethyl acetate solution (resin concentration: 20%) of the obtained resin (A-1) having an indole structure, To 100 parts of the solid content of the solution, 0.5 part of a crosslinking agent (Coronate L, 75% of solid content: manufactured by Tosoh) and 0.5 part of a silane compound (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical: KBM-403) were mixed. Further, 2-butanone was added so that the solid content concentration became 14%, to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (1). In addition, the compounding quantity of the said crosslinking agent (Coronate L) is a mass part as an active ingredient.
[実施例6]:粘着剤組成物(2)の調製
 得られたインドール構造を有する樹脂(A-2)の酢酸エチル溶液(樹脂濃度:20%)に、該溶液の固形分100部に対して、架橋剤(コロネートL、固形分75%:東ソー製)0.5部及びシラン化合物(信越化学工業製:KBM-403)0.5部を混合し、さらに固形分濃度が14%となるように2-ブタノンを添加して粘着剤組成物(2)を得た。なお、上記架橋剤(コロネートL)の配合量は、有効成分としての質量部数である。
[Example 6]: Preparation of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (2) To an ethyl acetate solution (resin concentration: 20%) of the obtained resin (A-2) having an indole structure, based on 100 parts of solid content of the solution Then, 0.5 parts of a cross-linking agent (Coronate L, solid content 75%: manufactured by Tosoh) and 0.5 part of a silane compound (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical: KBM-403) are mixed, and the solid content concentration becomes 14%. Thus, 2-butanone was added to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (2). In addition, the compounding quantity of the said crosslinking agent (Coronate L) is a mass part as an active ingredient.
[比較例1]:粘着剤組成物(3)の調製
 アクリル樹脂(A-3)の酢酸エチル溶液(樹脂濃度:20%)に、該溶液の固形分100部に対して、架橋剤(コロネートL、固形分75%:東ソー製)0.5部、シラン化合物(信越化学工業製:KBM-403)0.5部及び光吸収性化合物(紫外線吸収剤;オリエント化学工業社製 BONASORB UA-3911)3部を混合し、さらに固形分濃度が14%となるように2-ブタノンを添加し、粘着剤組成物(3)を得た。なお、上記架橋剤(コロネートL)の配合量は、有効成分としての質量部数である。
[Comparative Example 1]: Preparation of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (3) In an ethyl acetate solution of acrylic resin (A-3) (resin concentration: 20%), a crosslinking agent (coronate) was added to 100 parts of solid content of the solution. L, 75% solid content: 0.5 part by Tosoh Corporation, 0.5 part of a silane compound (KBM-403 by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) and a light-absorbing compound (ultraviolet absorber; BONASORB UA-3911 by Orient Chemical Co., Ltd.) 3) were mixed, and 2-butanone was added so that the solid content concentration became 14%, to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (3). In addition, the compounding quantity of the said crosslinking agent (Coronate L) is a mass part as an active ingredient.
[作製例1]:粘着剤組成物(4)の調製
 アクリル樹脂(A-3)の酢酸エチル溶液(樹脂濃度:20%)に、該溶液の固形分100部に対して、架橋剤(コロネートL、固形分75%:東ソー製)0.5部、シラン化合物(信越化学工業製:KBM-403)0.5部を混合し、さらに固形分濃度が14%となるように2-ブタノンを添加し、粘着剤組成物(4)を得た。
[Preparation Example 1]: Preparation of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (4) In an ethyl acetate solution (resin concentration: 20%) of acrylic resin (A-3), a crosslinking agent (coronate) was added to 100 parts of solid content of the solution. L, 75% solids: 0.5 part of Tosoh) and 0.5 part of a silane compound (KBM-403 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) are mixed, and 2-butanone is further added so that the solid concentration becomes 14%. Was added to obtain a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (4).
 (b)粘着剤層の作製
 離型処理が施されたポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(リンテック株式会社製SP-PLR382050、以下「セパレーター」と略記する)の離型処理面に、前記の(a)で調製したそれぞれの粘着剤組成物をアプリケーターを用いて塗布し、100℃で1分間乾燥させて粘着剤層を作製した。得られた粘着剤層の厚みは15μmであった。
なお、実施例5で得られた粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤層を粘着剤層(1)、実施例6で得られた粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤層を粘着剤層(2)、比較例1で得られた粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤層を粘着剤層(3)、作製例1で得られた粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤層を粘着剤層(4)とした。
(B) Preparation of Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Layer A release-treated polyethylene terephthalate film (SP-PLR382050, manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd .; hereinafter, abbreviated as “separator”) was prepared on the release-treated surface in (a) above. Each pressure-sensitive adhesive composition was applied using an applicator and dried at 100 ° C. for 1 minute to prepare a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The thickness of the obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was 15 μm.
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition obtained in Example 5 was referred to as a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (1), and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition obtained in Example 6 was referred to as a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. (2) The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition obtained in Comparative Example 1 was bonded to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (3), and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition obtained in Preparation Example 1 was bonded to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. This was the agent layer (4).
<粘着剤層の吸光度測定>
 得られた粘着剤層(1)を無アルカリガラス〔コーニング社製の商品名“EAGLE XG”〕に貼合し、セパレーターを剥離した後、粘着剤層(1)にシクロオレフィン系樹脂フィルム(日本ゼオン株式会社製ZF-14)を貼合し、粘着剤層評価用積層体を作製した。作製した粘着剤層評価用積層体を分光光度計UV-2450(株式会社島津製作所製)にセットし、ダブルビーム法により1nmステップ300~800nmの波長範囲で吸光度を測定した。なお、無アルカリガラス単体及びシクロオレフィン系樹脂フィルム単体の波長405nm及び波長440nmにおける吸光度はいずれも0であった。
 同様にして、粘着剤層(2)及び粘着剤層(3)の吸光度も測定した。粘着剤層(1)~粘着剤層(3)の吸光度を表1に示す。
<Absorbance measurement of adhesive layer>
The obtained pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (1) was bonded to an alkali-free glass (trade name “EAGLE XG” manufactured by Corning Incorporated), and the separator was peeled off. ZF-14) manufactured by ZEON CORPORATION was laminated to prepare a laminate for evaluating an adhesive layer. The prepared laminate for evaluating an adhesive layer was set on a spectrophotometer UV-2450 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), and the absorbance was measured by a double beam method in a wavelength range of 300 to 800 nm in 1 nm steps. The absorbance of the alkali-free glass alone and the cycloolefin-based resin film alone was 0 at wavelengths of 405 nm and 440 nm.
Similarly, the absorbances of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layers (2) and (3) were measured. Table 1 shows the absorbance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layers (1) to (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040

<光学積層体の作製>
 (i)偏光フィルムの作製
 平均重合度約2400、ケン化度99.9モル%、厚さ30μmのポリビニルアルコールフィルム(「クラレポバールフィルム VF-PE#3000」、(株)クラレ製)を、37℃の純水に浸漬した後、ヨウ素とヨウ化カリウムとを含む水溶液(ヨウ素/ヨウ化カリウム/水(重量比)=0.04/1.5/100)に30℃で浸漬した。その後、ヨウ化カリウムとホウ酸とを含む水溶液(ヨウ化カリウム/ホウ酸/水(重量比)=12/3.6/100)に56.5℃で浸漬した。次いで、フィルムを10℃の純水で洗浄した後、85℃で乾燥して、ポリビニルアルコールにヨウ素が吸着配向された厚さ約12μmの偏光フィルムAを得た。延伸は、主に、ヨウ素染色およびホウ酸処理の工程で行い、トータルの延伸倍率は5.3倍であった。
<Preparation of optical laminate>
(I) Production of Polarizing Film A polyvinyl alcohol film (“Kuraray Poval Film VF-PE # 3000”, manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) having an average degree of polymerization of about 2400, a degree of saponification of 99.9 mol%, and a thickness of 30 μm was obtained by using 37 After being immersed in pure water at 30 ° C., it was immersed at 30 ° C. in an aqueous solution containing iodine and potassium iodide (iodine / potassium iodide / water (weight ratio) = 0.04 / 1.5 / 100). Then, it was immersed in an aqueous solution containing potassium iodide and boric acid (potassium iodide / boric acid / water (weight ratio) = 12 / 3.6 / 100) at 56.5 ° C. Next, the film was washed with pure water at 10 ° C. and then dried at 85 ° C. to obtain a polarizing film A having a thickness of about 12 μm in which iodine was adsorbed and oriented in polyvinyl alcohol. Stretching was mainly performed in the steps of iodine dyeing and boric acid treatment, and the total stretching ratio was 5.3 times.
 (ii)偏光板の作製
 (i)で得られた偏光フィルムの片面に、厚さ25μmのトリアセチルセルロースフィルムに7μmのハードコート層を付与して得られた透明保護フィルム(「25KCHCN-TC」、凸版印刷(株)製)を、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の水溶液からなる接着剤を介して貼り合わせ、前記透明保護フィルムとは反対の面に厚さ23μmのシクロオレフィン系樹脂フィルム(日本ゼオン株式会社製「ZF14-023」)を貼り合わせて、光学フィルムA(偏光板、厚み67μm)を作製した。
(Ii) Preparation of Polarizing Plate A transparent protective film ("25KCHCN-TC") obtained by applying a 7 μm hard coat layer to a 25 μm thick triacetyl cellulose film on one side of the polarizing film obtained in (i) , Toppan Printing Co., Ltd.) via an adhesive made of an aqueous solution of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin, and a 23 μm-thick cycloolefin-based resin film (Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd.) on the surface opposite to the transparent protective film. "ZF14-023") was laminated to produce an optical film A (polarizing plate, thickness 67 μm).
 (iii)光配向膜形成用組成物の調製
 特開2013-33248号公報記載の方法で下記構造の化合物を合成した。下記化合物5部とシクロペンタノン95部とを成分として混合し、得られた混合物を80℃で1時間攪拌することにより、光配向膜形成用組成物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000041
(Iii) Preparation of a composition for forming a photo-alignment film A compound having the following structure was synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2013-33248. 5 parts of the following compound and 95 parts of cyclopentanone were mixed as components, and the obtained mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a composition for forming a photo-alignment film.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000041
 (iv)重合性液晶化合物を含む組成物の調製
 特開2010-31223号公報に記載の方法で下記構造の重合性液晶化合物Aを合成した。重合性液晶化合物Aの極大吸収波長λmax(LC)は、350nmであった。
 下記構造の重合性液晶化合物A 12部、ポリアクリレート化合物(レベリング剤;BYK-Chemie社製 BYK-361N) 0.12部、重合開始剤(チバ スペシャルティケミカルズ社製 イルガキュア369)0.72部及びシクロペンタノン 100部を混合し、重合性液晶化合物を含む組成物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000042
(Iv) Preparation of Composition Containing Polymerizable Liquid Crystal Compound Polymerizable liquid crystal compound A having the following structure was synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2010-31223. The maximum absorption wavelength λmax (LC) of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound A was 350 nm.
12 parts of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound A having the following structure, 0.12 parts of a polyacrylate compound (leveling agent; BYK-361N manufactured by BYK-Chemie), 0.72 parts of a polymerization initiator (Irgacure 369 manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals) and cyclo 100 parts of pentanone were mixed to obtain a composition containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000042
 (v)光学異方性層の製造
 シクロオレフィン系樹脂フィルム(日本ゼオン株式会社製ZF-14)を、コロナ処理装置(AGF-B10、春日電機株式会社製)を用いて出力0.3kW、処理速度3m/分の条件で1回処理した。コロナ処理を施した表面に、(iii)で得た光配向膜形成用組成物をバーコーター塗布し、80℃で1分間乾燥し、偏光UV照射装置(SPOT CURE SP-7;ウシオ電機株式会社製)を用いて、100mJ/cmの積算光量で偏光UV露光を実施した。得られた配向膜の膜厚をエリプソメータで測定したところ、100nmであった。
 続いて、配向膜上に、(iv)で得た重合性液晶化合物を含む組成物Aからなる塗工液を、バーコーターを用いて塗布し、120℃で1分間乾燥した後、高圧水銀ランプ(ユニキュアVB-15201BY-A、ウシオ電機株式会社製)を用いて、重合性液晶化合物を含む組成物を塗布した面側から紫外線を照射(窒素雰囲気下、波長313nmにおける積算光量:500mJ/cm)することにより、光学異方性層1を含む光学フィルムを形成した。得られた光学異方性層1の膜厚をレーザー顕微鏡で測定したところ、2μmであった。
(V) Production of Optically Anisotropic Layer A cycloolefin resin film (ZF-14, manufactured by Zeon Corporation) was treated with a corona treatment device (AGF-B10, manufactured by Kasuga Electric Co., Ltd.) at an output of 0.3 kW. Processing was performed once at a speed of 3 m / min. The composition for forming a photo-alignment film obtained in (iii) is coated on the surface subjected to the corona treatment with a bar coater, dried at 80 ° C. for 1 minute, and polarized UV irradiation apparatus (SPOT CURE SP-7; USHIO Inc.) Was used to perform polarized UV exposure with an integrated light amount of 100 mJ / cm 2 . It was 100 nm when the film thickness of the obtained alignment film was measured with an ellipsometer.
Subsequently, a coating liquid comprising the composition A containing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound obtained in (iv) was applied on the alignment film using a bar coater, dried at 120 ° C. for 1 minute, and then subjected to a high-pressure mercury lamp. UV light was applied from the side coated with the composition containing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Unicur VB-15201BY-A, manufactured by Ushio Inc.) (in a nitrogen atmosphere, the integrated light amount at a wavelength of 313 nm: 500 mJ / cm 2). ) To form an optical film including the optically anisotropic layer 1. When the thickness of the obtained optically anisotropic layer 1 was measured with a laser microscope, it was 2 μm.
[実施例7]:光学積層体(1)の作製
 上記(ii)で作製した偏光板のシクロオレフィン系樹脂フィルム面に粘着剤層(1)を貼合し、セパレーターを剥離した。さらに粘着剤層(1)のセパレーターを剥離した面と(v)で作製した光学異方性層のシクロオレフィン系樹脂フィルム面の反対面とを貼合し、シクロオレフィン系樹脂フィルムを剥離した。光学異方性層のシクロオレフィン系樹脂フィルムを剥離した面に、セパレータ―付粘着剤層(4)を貼合して光学積層体(1)を得た。
Example 7 Production of Optical Laminate (1) The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (1) was bonded to the surface of the cycloolefin resin film of the polarizing plate produced in (ii) above, and the separator was peeled off. Further, the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (1) from which the separator was peeled off was bonded to the surface of the optically anisotropic layer prepared in (v) opposite to the surface of the cycloolefin-based resin film, and the cycloolefin-based resin film was peeled off. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (4) with a separator was attached to the surface of the optically anisotropic layer from which the cycloolefin-based resin film was peeled off, to obtain an optical laminate (1).
[実施例8]:光学積層体(2)の作製
 粘着剤層(1)を粘着剤層(2)に代えた以外は、実施例7と同様にして光学積層体(2)を得た。
[Example 8]: Production of optical laminate (2) An optical laminate (2) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 7, except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (1) was replaced with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (2).
[比較例2]:光学積層体(3)の作製
 粘着剤層(1)を粘着剤層(3)に代えた以外は、実施例7と同様にして光学積層体(3)を得た。
Comparative Example 2 Production of Optical Laminate (3) An optical laminate (3) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 7, except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (1) was replaced with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (3).
[作製例2]:光学積層体(4)の作製
 粘着剤層(1)を粘着剤層(4)に代えた以外、実施例5と同様にして光学積層体(4)を得た。
[Production Example 2]: Production of Optical Laminate (4) An optical laminate (4) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 5, except that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (1) was replaced with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (4).
<粘着剤層の耐ブリード性評価>
 得られた光学積層体(1)を40mm×40mmの大きさに裁断し、粘着剤層(4)に積層されたセパレーターを剥離して、これを無アルカリガラス〔コーニング社製の商品名“EAGLE XG”〕と貼合した。得られたガラス付き光学積層体を、顕微鏡を用いて面内の化合物の結晶の析出を確認した。その後、得られたガラス付き光学積層体を温度23℃60%のオーブンに500時間投入し、顕微鏡を用いて面内の化合物の結晶の析出を確認し、化合物の結晶の析出の増加がないか確認した。評価結果を表2に示す。
<Evaluation of bleed resistance of pressure-sensitive adhesive layer>
The obtained optical laminated body (1) is cut into a size of 40 mm × 40 mm, the separator laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (4) is peeled off, and this is alkali-free glass [trade name “EAGLE” manufactured by Corning Incorporated). XG "]. In the obtained optical laminated body with glass, precipitation of in-plane compound crystals was confirmed using a microscope. Thereafter, the obtained optical laminated body with glass is put into an oven at a temperature of 23 ° C. and 60% for 500 hours, and precipitation of compound crystals in the plane is confirmed using a microscope. confirmed. Table 2 shows the evaluation results.
 光学積層体(1)を光学積層体(2)に代えた以外、上記と同様に粘着剤層の耐ブリード性評価を行った。評価結果を表2に示す。 粘着 The bleed resistance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was evaluated in the same manner as described above, except that the optical laminate (1) was replaced with the optical laminate (2). Table 2 shows the evaluation results.
 光学積層体(1)を光学積層体(3)に代えた以外、上記と同様に粘着剤層の耐ブリード性評価を行った。評価結果を表2に示す。 粘着 The bleed resistance of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was evaluated in the same manner as described above except that the optical laminate (1) was replaced with the optical laminate (3). Table 2 shows the evaluation results.
 <粘着剤層による光異方性層への位相差変化影響の確認>
 得られた光学積層体(1)を40mm×40mmの大きさに裁断し、粘着剤層(4)に積層されたセパレーターを剥離して、これを無アルカリガラス〔コーニング社製の商品名“EAGLE XG”〕と貼合した。得られたガラス付き光学積層体の波長450nmの位相差値を複屈折測定装置(KOBRA-WR;王子計測機器株式会社製)により測定した。その後、ガラス付き光学積層体を温度80℃のオーブンに120時間投入し、取り出して23℃50%の環境で24時間放置したのちに再度波長450nmの位相差値を測定した。
 上記と同様にして、光学積層体(1)を光学積層体(4)に代えて測定した。
 光学積層体(1)の位相差値変化は、光学積層体(1)の耐久前後の波長450nmの位相差値の変化量から、光学積層体(4)の耐久前後の波長450nmの位相差値変化を減算して求めた。位相差値変化値を表2に示す。
<Confirmation of phase difference change effect on optically anisotropic layer by adhesive layer>
The obtained optical laminated body (1) is cut into a size of 40 mm × 40 mm, the separator laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (4) is peeled off, and this is alkali-free glass [trade name “EAGLE” manufactured by Corning Incorporated). XG "]. The retardation value at a wavelength of 450 nm of the obtained optical laminated body with glass was measured by a birefringence measuring device (KOBRA-WR; manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments). Thereafter, the optical laminate with glass was put into an oven at a temperature of 80 ° C. for 120 hours, taken out and left in an environment of 23 ° C. and 50% for 24 hours, and then a phase difference value at a wavelength of 450 nm was measured again.
In the same manner as above, the measurement was performed by replacing the optical laminate (1) with the optical laminate (4).
The change in the retardation value of the optical laminate (1) is calculated from the amount of change in the retardation value of the optical laminate (1) at a wavelength of 450 nm before and after the endurance of the optical laminate (1). The change was subtracted. Table 2 shows the phase difference value change values.
 光学積層体(1)を光学積層体(2)に代えた以外は、上記と同様にして粘着剤層による光学異方性層への位相差変化影響の確認を行った。耐久前後の位相差変化値を表2に示す。 影響 The effect of the phase difference change on the optically anisotropic layer due to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was confirmed in the same manner as described above except that the optical laminate (1) was replaced with the optical laminate (2). Table 2 shows the phase difference change values before and after endurance.
 光学積層体(1)を光学積層体(3)に代えた以外は、上記と同様にして粘着剤層による光学異方性層への位相差変化影響の確認を行った。耐久前後の位相差変化値を表2に示す。 (4) The effect of a phase difference change on the optically anisotropic layer due to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer was confirmed in the same manner as described above except that the optical laminate (1) was replaced with the optical laminate (3). Table 2 shows the phase difference change values before and after endurance.
<光学フィルムの吸光度測定>
 得られた光学積層体(1)を40mm×40mmの大きさに裁断し、粘着剤層(4)に積層されたセパレーターを剥離して、これを無アルカリガラス〔コーニング社製の商品名“EAGLE XG”〕と貼合した。得られた測定サンプルについて、積分球付き分光光度計〔日本分光(株)製の製品名「V7100」〕を用いて波長380~780nmの範囲における光学積層体(1)の透過軸方向と吸収軸方向の透過スペクトルを測定し、光学積層体(1)の透過軸方向の透過スペクトルより、光学積層体(1)の波長405nmにおける吸光度を算出した。なお、TACフィルム単体、COPフィルム単体及び無アルカリガラス単体のいずれも、波長350nm、波長405nm及び波長440nmの吸光度は0であった。
<Absorbance measurement of optical film>
The obtained optical laminated body (1) is cut into a size of 40 mm × 40 mm, the separator laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (4) is peeled off, and this is alkali-free glass [trade name “EAGLE” manufactured by Corning Incorporated). XG "]. About the obtained measurement sample, the transmission axis direction and the absorption axis of the optical laminated body (1) in the wavelength range of 380 to 780 nm were measured using a spectrophotometer with an integrating sphere [product name “V7100” manufactured by JASCO Corporation]. The transmission spectrum in the direction was measured, and the absorbance at a wavelength of 405 nm of the optical laminate (1) was calculated from the transmission spectrum in the transmission axis direction of the optical laminate (1). In addition, the absorbance at a wavelength of 350 nm, a wavelength of 405 nm, and a wavelength of 440 nm was 0 for each of the TAC film alone, the COP film alone, and the alkali-free glass alone.
<耐候性の評価>
 光学積層体(1)を63℃50%湿度条件でサンシャインウェザーメーター(スガ試験機株式会社製:型番SUNSHINE WEATHER METER S80)に24時間投入し、24時間の耐候性試験を実施した。取り出したサンプルの吸光度を上記<光学フィルムの吸光度測定>と同様の方法で測定した。測定した吸光度から、下記式に基づき、波長405nmにおけるサンプルの吸光度保持率を求めた。結果を表1に示す。吸光度保持率が高いほど、光選択吸収機能の劣化がなく良好な耐候性を示す。
吸光度保持率=(耐久試験後のA(405)/耐久試験前のA(405))×100
<Evaluation of weather resistance>
The optical laminate (1) was put into a sunshine weather meter (manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd .: model number SUNSHINE WEATHER METER S80) at 63 ° C. and 50% humidity for 24 hours, and a 24-hour weather resistance test was performed. The absorbance of the sample taken out was measured in the same manner as in the above <Measurement of absorbance of optical film>. From the measured absorbance, the absorbance retention of the sample at a wavelength of 405 nm was determined based on the following equation. Table 1 shows the results. The higher the absorbance retention, the better the weather resistance without deterioration of the light selective absorption function.
Absorbance retention = (A (405) after endurance test / A (405) before endurance test) × 100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043

 本発明の樹脂(A)を含む粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤層を光学フィルムに積層すると、位相差変化が抑制された。これは、重合性基とインドール構造とを有する光選択吸収化合物を樹脂中に組み込むことにより、インドール構造を有する光選択吸収化合物単独を含む粘着剤組成物と比較して、インドール構造を有する光選択吸収化合物の移行を抑制できたためだと考えられる。
 また、本発明の樹脂(A)を含む粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤層は、85℃120時間の耐熱試験に供した後でも化合物の析出が増加せず、良好な耐ブリード性を有する。さらに、本発明の樹脂(A)を含む粘着剤組成物から形成された粘着剤層は、A(405)/A(440)の値が良好である。
When a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin (A) of the present invention was laminated on an optical film, a change in retardation was suppressed. This is because, by incorporating a light selective absorption compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure into a resin, a light selective absorption compound having an indole structure is compared with a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing only a light selective absorption compound having an indole structure. This is probably because the transfer of the absorbing compound was suppressed.
Further, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin (A) of the present invention does not increase the precipitation of the compound even after subjected to a heat test at 85 ° C. for 120 hours, and has good bleed resistance. Have. Further, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin (A) of the present invention has a good value of A (405) / A (440).
 本発明の樹脂、該樹脂を含む粘着剤組成物、前記粘着剤組成物から形成される粘着剤層、及び前記粘着剤層を含む光学積層体は、液晶パネル及び液晶表示装置に好適に用いられる。 The resin of the present invention, a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin, a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, and an optical laminate including the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer are suitably used for a liquid crystal panel and a liquid crystal display device. .
 1     粘着剤層
 2     剥離フィルム
 10A、10B、10C、10D  光学積層体
 8     保護フィルム
 7  接着剤層
 7a    粘着剤層
 9     偏光フィルム
 30    発光素子
 40    光学フィルム
 50、50a   1/4波長位相差層
 60    接着剤層又は粘着剤層
 70    1/2波長位相差層
 80    ポジティブC層
 100   偏光板
 110   位相差フィルム
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Adhesive layer 2 Release film 10A, 10B, 10C, 10D Optical laminated body 8 Protective film 7 Adhesive layer 7a Adhesive layer 9 Polarizing film 30 Light emitting element 40 Optical film 50, 50a Quarter-wave retardation layer 60 Adhesive Layer or pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 70 1/2 wavelength retardation layer 80 positive C layer 100 polarizing plate 110 retardation film

Claims (25)

  1.  インドール構造を有する構造単位を含有する樹脂(A)。 樹脂 Resin (A) containing a structural unit having an indole structure.
  2.  樹脂(A)は、ガラス転移温度が40℃以下である請求項1に記載の樹脂。 樹脂 The resin according to claim 1, wherein the resin (A) has a glass transition temperature of 40 ° C or lower.
  3.  樹脂(A)は、下記式(1)を満たす樹脂である請求項1又は2に記載の樹脂。
    ε(405)≧ 0.02 (1)
    [式(1)中、ε(405)は波長405nmにおける樹脂(A)のグラム吸光係数を表す。グラム吸光係数の単位はL/(g・cm)である。]
    The resin according to claim 1, wherein the resin (A) satisfies the following formula (1).
    ε (405) ≧ 0.02 (1)
    [In the formula (1), ε (405) represents a gram extinction coefficient of the resin (A) at a wavelength of 405 nm. The unit of the gram extinction coefficient is L / (g · cm). ]
  4.  樹脂(A)は、下記式(2)を満たす樹脂である請求項1~3のいずれかに記載の樹脂。
    ε(405)/ε(440)≧ 5 (2)
    [式(2)中、ε(405)は波長405nmにおける樹脂(A)のグラム吸光係数を表し、ε(440)は波長440nmにおける樹脂のグラム吸光係数を表す。]
    4. The resin according to claim 1, wherein the resin (A) satisfies the following formula (2).
    ε (405) / ε (440) ≧ 5 (2)
    [In the formula (2), ε (405) represents the gram absorption coefficient of the resin (A) at a wavelength of 405 nm, and ε (440) represents the gram absorption coefficient of the resin at a wavelength of 440 nm. ]
  5.  樹脂(A)が、側鎖にインドール構造を有する構造単位を含む樹脂である請求項1~4のいずれかに記載の樹脂。 (5) The resin according to any one of (1) to (4), wherein the resin (A) is a resin containing a structural unit having an indole structure in a side chain.
  6.  側鎖にインドール構造を有する構造単位が、重合性基とインドール構造とを有する光選択吸収化合物に由来する構造単位である請求項5に記載の樹脂。 The resin according to claim 5, wherein the structural unit having an indole structure in the side chain is a structural unit derived from a photoselective absorption compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure.
  7.  重合性基とインドール構造とを有する光選択吸収化合物が、下記式(1-a)を満たす化合物である請求項6に記載の樹脂。
    ε(405)≧ 5  (1-a)
    [式(1-a)中、ε(405)は波長405nmにおける重合性基とインドール構造とを有する化合物のグラム吸光係数を表す。グラム吸光係数の単位はL/(g・cm)である。]
    The resin according to claim 6, wherein the light selective absorption compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure is a compound satisfying the following formula (1-a).
    ε (405) ≧ 5 (1-a)
    [In the formula (1-a), ε (405) represents a gram extinction coefficient of a compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure at a wavelength of 405 nm. The unit of the gram extinction coefficient is L / (g · cm). ]
  8.  重合性基とインドール構造とを有する光選択吸収化合物が、下記式(2-a)を満たす化合物である請求項7に記載の樹脂。
    ε(405)/ε(440)≧ 10   (2-a)
    [式(2-a)中、ε(405)は波長405nmにおける重合性基とインドール構造とを有する化合物のグラム吸光係数を表し、ε(440)は波長440nmにおける重合性基とインドール構造とを有する化合物のグラム吸光係数を表す。
    The resin according to claim 7, wherein the light selective absorption compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure is a compound satisfying the following formula (2-a).
    ε (405) / ε (440) ≧ 10 (2-a)
    [In the formula (2-a), ε (405) represents a gram extinction coefficient of a compound having a polymerizable group and an indole structure at a wavelength of 405 nm, and ε (440) represents a polymerizable group and an indole structure at a wavelength of 440 nm. It represents the gram extinction coefficient of the compound having.
  9.  側鎖にインドール構造を有する構造単位が、式(I)で表される化合物に由来する構造単位又は式(II)で表される化合物に由来する構造単位である請求項5に記載の樹脂。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000001
    [式(I)中、R、R、R、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-NR1A-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-又は-CF-に置換されていてもよい。
     R1Aは、水素原子、炭素数1~25のアルキル基又は炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基表す。
     Eは、電子求引性基を表す。
     Zは、連結基を表す。
     Aは、重合性基を表す。
     式(II)中、R12及びR17は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-NR11A-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-又は-CF-に置換されていてもよい。
     R11、R13、R14、R15及びR16は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、重合性基を含む基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-NR12A-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-又は-CF-に置換されていてもよい。
     ただし、R11、R13、R14、R15及びR16のうち、少なくとも一つは、重合性基を含む基を表す。
     R11A及びR12Aは、それぞれ独立して、素原子、炭素数1~25のアルキル基又は炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基表す。
     E11は、電子求引性基を表す。]
    The resin according to claim 5, wherein the structural unit having an indole structure in a side chain is a structural unit derived from a compound represented by the formula (I) or a structural unit derived from a compound represented by the formula (II).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000001
    [In the formula (I), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, A carboxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; —CH 2 — contained in the hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —NR 1A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S—, or —CF 2 —. Good.
    R 1A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
    E 1 represents an electron-withdrawing group.
    Z represents a linking group.
    A represents a polymerizable group.
    In the formula (II), R 12 and R 17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, or an optionally substituted carbon atom. Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a number of 1 to 25 or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 to 18 which may have a substituent, and is included in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group; CH 2 — may be substituted by —NR 11A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S— or —CF 2 —.
    R 11 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a group containing a polymerizable group, Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; Alternatively, —CH 2 — included in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —NR 12A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S—, or —CF 2 —.
    However, at least one of R 11 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
    R 11A and R 12A each independently represent an elementary atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
    E 11 represents an electron-withdrawing group. ]
  10.  Rがフェニル基である請求項9に記載の樹脂。 Resin according to claim 9 R 2 is a phenyl group.
  11.  式(I)で表される化合物が、式(III)で表される化合物である請求項9に記載の樹脂。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000002
    [R、R、R、R、R及びEは、上記と同じ意味を表す。
     Rは、水素原子、シアノ基、メチル基又はフェニル基を表す。
     Zは、炭素数1~12のアルカンジイル基、炭素数6~18の2価の芳香族炭化水素基、-O-R2A-*1、-S-R2B-*1又は-NR1D-R2C-*1を表す。
     Zは、単結合、*2-CO-O-、*2-O-CO-、*2-S(=O)-、*2-O-SO-、*2-CO-NR1B-、*2-NR1C-CO-、*2-R2DO-P(=O)-OR2E-、*2-NR1E-CO-O-、*2-O-CO-NR1F-、*2-(OR2Fs1-、*2-CO-S-、*2-S-CO-又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルカンジイル基を表す。
     R1B、R1C、1D、R1E及びR1Fは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
     R2A、R2B、R2C、R2D、R2E及びR2Fは、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~18の2価の炭化水素基を表す。
     *1は、Zとの結合手を表す。
     *2は、Zとの結合手を表す。]
    The resin according to claim 9, wherein the compound represented by the formula (I) is a compound represented by the formula (III).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000002
    [R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and E 1 represent the same meaning as described above.
    R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a phenyl group.
    Z 1 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, —OR 2A — * 1, —SR 2B — * 1, or —NR 1D Represents -R 2C- * 1.
    Z 2 is a single bond, * 2-CO-O-, * 2-O-CO-, * 2-S (= O) 2- , * 2-O-SO 2- , * 2-CO-NR 1B -, * 2-NR 1C -CO-, * 2-R 2D OP (= O) -OR 2E- , * 2-NR 1E -CO-O-, * 2-O-CO-NR 1F- , * 2- (OR 2F ) s1- , * 2-CO-S-, * 2-S-CO- or a perfluoroalkanediyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
    R 1B , R 1C, R 1D , R 1E and R 1F each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
    R 2A , R 2B , R 2C , R 2D , R 2E and R 2F each independently represent a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
    * 1 represents a binding position to Z 2.
    * 2 represents a bond to Z 1. ]
  12.  樹脂(A)が、さらに、下記群Aに記載の構造単位から選ばれる少なくとも1つの構造単位を有する請求項1~11のいずれかに記載の樹脂。
    群A:(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する構造単位、スチレン系単量体に由来する構造単位、ビニル系単量体に由来する構造単位、エポキシ化合物に由来する構造単位、式(a)で表される構造単位、式(b)で表される構造単位及び式(c)で表される構造単位
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000003
    [式中、Ra1は2価の炭化水素基を表す。
     Rb1及びRb2は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭化水素基を表す。
     Rc1及びRc2は、それぞれ独立して、2価の炭化水素基を表す。]
    The resin according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the resin (A) further has at least one structural unit selected from the structural units described in Group A below.
    Group A: a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylate, a structural unit derived from a styrene-based monomer, a structural unit derived from a vinyl-based monomer, a structural unit derived from an epoxy compound, and a compound represented by the formula (a) The structural unit represented by the structural unit represented by the formula (b) and the structural unit represented by the formula (c)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000003
    [In the formula, R a1 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group.
    R b1 and R b2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
    R c1 and R c2 each independently represent a divalent hydrocarbon group. ]
  13.  群Aに記載の構造単位から選ばれる少なくとも1つの構造単位の含有量が、樹脂(A)の全構造単位に対して、50質量%以上である請求項12に記載の樹脂。 The resin according to claim 12, wherein the content of at least one structural unit selected from the structural units described in Group A is 50% by mass or more based on all structural units of the resin (A).
  14.  請求項1~13のいずれかに記載の樹脂を含む粘着剤組成物。 A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the resin according to any one of claims 1 to 13.
  15.  さらに、架橋剤(B)を含む請求項14に記載の粘着剤組成物。 粘着 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition according to claim 14, further comprising a crosslinking agent (B).
  16.  請求項14又は15に記載の粘着剤組成物から形成される粘着剤層。 An adhesive layer formed from the adhesive composition according to claim 14 or 15.
  17.  下記式(3)を満たす請求項16に記載の粘着剤層。
    A(405) ≧ 0.5 (3)
    [式(3)中、A(405)は波長405nmにおける吸光度を表す。]
    The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer according to claim 16, wherein the following formula (3) is satisfied.
    A (405) ≧ 0.5 (3)
    [In the formula (3), A (405) represents the absorbance at a wavelength of 405 nm. ]
  18.  さらに、下記式(4)を満たす請求項17に記載の粘着剤層。
    A(405) / A(440) ≧ 5 (4)
    [式(4)中、A(405)は波長405nmにおける吸光度を表し、A(440)は波長440nmにおける吸光度を表す。]
    The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer according to claim 17, further satisfying the following formula (4).
    A (405) / A (440) ≧ 5 (4)
    [In the formula (4), A (405) represents the absorbance at a wavelength of 405 nm, and A (440) represents the absorbance at a wavelength of 440 nm. ]
  19.  請求項16~18のいずれかに記載の粘着剤層の少なくとも一方の面に光学フィルムが積層された光学積層体。 An optical laminate in which an optical film is laminated on at least one surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer according to any one of claims 16 to 18.
  20.  光学フィルムが偏光板である請求項19に記載の光学積層体。 20. The optical laminate according to claim 19, wherein the optical film is a polarizing plate.
  21.  請求項20に記載の光学積層体を含む画像表示装置。 An image display device comprising the optical laminate according to claim 20.
  22.  式(I)又は式(IV)で表される化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000004
    [式(I)中、R、R、R、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-NR1A-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-又は-CF-に置換されていてもよい。
     R1Aは、水素原子、炭素数1~25のアルキル基又は炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基表す。
     Eは、電子求引性基を表す。
     Zは、連結基を表す。
     Aは、重合性基を表す。
    式(IV)中、R12及びR17は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-NR11A-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-又は-CF-に置換されていてもよい。
     R11、R13、R14、R15及びR16は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、複素環基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、重合性基を含む基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の脂肪族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、該脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる-CH-は、-NR12A-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-又は-CF-に置換されていてもよい。
     ただし、R13、R14、R15及びR16のうち、少なくとも一つは、重合性基を含む基を表す。
     R11A及びR12Aは、それぞれ独立して、素原子、炭素数1~25のアルキル基又は炭素数6~18の芳香族炭化水素基表す。
     E11は、電子求引性基を表す。]
    A compound represented by the formula (I) or the formula (IV).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000004
    [In the formula (I), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, A carboxy group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; —CH 2 — contained in the hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —NR 1A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S—, or —CF 2 —. Good.
    R 1A represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
    E 1 represents an electron-withdrawing group.
    Z represents a linking group.
    A represents a polymerizable group.
    In the formula (IV), R 12 and R 17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a number of 1 to 25 or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 to 18 which may have a substituent, and is included in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic hydrocarbon group; CH 2 — may be substituted by —NR 11A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S— or —CF 2 —.
    R 11 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a group containing a polymerizable group, Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; Alternatively, —CH 2 — included in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —NR 12A —, —SO 2 —, —CO—, —O—, —S—, or —CF 2 —.
    However, at least one of R 13 , R 14 , R 15 and R 16 represents a group containing a polymerizable group.
    R 11A and R 12A each independently represent an elementary atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
    E 11 represents an electron-withdrawing group. ]
  23.  Rがフェニル基である請求項22に記載の化合物。 A compound according to claim 22 R 2 is a phenyl group.
  24.  式(I)で表される化合物が、式(III)で表される化合物である請求項22に記載の化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000005
    [R、R、R、R、R及びEは、上記と同じ意味を表す。
     Rは、水素原子、シアノ基、メチル基又はフェニル基を表す。
     Zは、炭素数1~12のアルカンジイル基、炭素数6~18の2価の芳香族炭化水素基、-O-R2A-*1、-S-R2B-*1又は-NR1D-R2C-*1を表す。
     Zは、単結合、*2-CO-O-、*2-O-CO-、*2-S(=O)-、*2-O-SO-、*2-CO-NR1B-、*2-NR1C-CO-、*2-R2DO-P(=O)-OR2E-、*2-NR1E-CO-O-、*2-O-CO-NR1F-、*2-(OR2Fs1-、*2-CO-S-、*2-S-CO-又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルカンジイル基を表す。
     R1B、R1C、1D、R1E及びR1Fは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
     R2A、R2B、R2C、R2D、R2E及びR2Fは、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~18の2価の炭化水素基を表す。
     *1は、Zとの結合手を表す。
     *2は、Zとの結合手を表す。]
    The compound according to claim 22, wherein the compound represented by the formula (I) is a compound represented by the formula (III).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000005
    [R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and E 1 represent the same meaning as described above.
    R 7 represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a phenyl group.
    Z 1 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, —OR 2A — * 1, —SR 2B — * 1, or —NR 1D Represents -R 2C- * 1.
    Z 2 is a single bond, * 2-CO-O-, * 2-O-CO-, * 2-S (= O) 2- , * 2-O-SO 2- , * 2-CO-NR 1B -, * 2-NR 1C -CO-, * 2-R 2D OP (= O) -OR 2E- , * 2-NR 1E -CO-O-, * 2-O-CO-NR 1F- , * 2- (OR 2F ) s1- , * 2-CO-S-, * 2-S-CO- or a perfluoroalkanediyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
    R 1B , R 1C, R 1D , R 1E and R 1F each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
    R 2A , R 2B , R 2C , R 2D , R 2E and R 2F each independently represent a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
    * 1 represents a binding position to Z 2.
    * 2 represents a bond to Z 1. ]
  25.  Eが、シアノ基である請求項22~24のいずれかに記載の化合物。 25. The compound according to claim 22, wherein E 1 is a cyano group.
PCT/JP2019/030177 2018-08-09 2019-08-01 Resin and pressure-sensitive adhesive composition WO2020031830A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201980052569.3A CN112566949B (en) 2018-08-09 2019-08-01 Resin and adhesive composition
KR1020217004157A KR20210041568A (en) 2018-08-09 2019-08-01 Resin and adhesive composition

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018-150183 2018-08-09
JP2018150183 2018-08-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020031830A1 true WO2020031830A1 (en) 2020-02-13

Family

ID=69415216

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/030177 WO2020031830A1 (en) 2018-08-09 2019-08-01 Resin and pressure-sensitive adhesive composition

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2020026528A (en)
KR (1) KR20210041568A (en)
CN (1) CN112566949B (en)
TW (1) TWI819053B (en)
WO (1) WO2020031830A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021166578A1 (en) * 2020-02-18 2021-08-26 住友化学株式会社 Optical multilayer body
JP2021131532A (en) * 2020-02-18 2021-09-09 住友化学株式会社 Optical laminate

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20220119464A (en) * 2019-12-26 2022-08-29 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 adhesive composition

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005002346A (en) * 2003-12-25 2005-01-06 Tetsuya Nishio Diamino compound, vinyl compound, polymer compound, alignment film, organic semiconductor device using the alignment film, conductive polymer, electroluminescent element using the conductive polymer, liquid crystal alignment film, and optical element using the liquid crystal alignment film
JP2015148800A (en) * 2014-02-07 2015-08-20 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. Colored photosensitive resin composition, and color filter and display device including the same
WO2018149853A1 (en) * 2017-02-15 2018-08-23 Merck Patent Gmbh Hydrophilic compounds for optically active devices
WO2019017630A1 (en) * 2017-07-21 2019-01-24 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Composition for organic light emitting diode encapsulation and organic light emitting diode display manufactured therefrom
JP2019095613A (en) * 2017-11-24 2019-06-20 Jnc株式会社 Photosensitive monomer, optical alignment polymer, and film produced using the same
JP2019127559A (en) * 2018-01-26 2019-08-01 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Polymer compound, colorant dispersion and ink composition

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS6399208A (en) * 1986-10-15 1988-04-30 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Production of high polymer color former
CA2455630A1 (en) * 2001-07-27 2003-02-13 Tokuyama Corporation Curable composition, cured product thereof, photochromic optical material and production process therefor
JP5046936B2 (en) * 2005-08-11 2012-10-10 株式会社Adeka Indole compounds, optical filters and optical recording materials
KR101475102B1 (en) * 2007-09-26 2014-12-22 덴끼 가가꾸 고교 가부시키가이샤 Adhesive compositions and jointing method
JP5250289B2 (en) * 2008-03-31 2013-07-31 富士フイルム株式会社 UV absorber composition
JP2012008547A (en) * 2010-05-28 2012-01-12 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Optical film
US8541108B2 (en) * 2010-09-27 2013-09-24 Xerox Corporation Fuser member
JP6343909B2 (en) * 2013-05-22 2018-06-20 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Resin composition, active energy ray-polymerizable adhesive, and laminate
JP6992244B2 (en) * 2014-05-26 2022-01-13 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Laminates for active energy ray-polymerizable compositions, sheets and optics
JP2017048340A (en) * 2015-09-04 2017-03-09 日本化薬株式会社 Adhesive composition for optical use, and adhesive layer and adhesive optical film using the same
KR20170077817A (en) * 2015-12-28 2017-07-06 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시끼가이샤 Optical laminate

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2005002346A (en) * 2003-12-25 2005-01-06 Tetsuya Nishio Diamino compound, vinyl compound, polymer compound, alignment film, organic semiconductor device using the alignment film, conductive polymer, electroluminescent element using the conductive polymer, liquid crystal alignment film, and optical element using the liquid crystal alignment film
JP2015148800A (en) * 2014-02-07 2015-08-20 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. Colored photosensitive resin composition, and color filter and display device including the same
WO2018149853A1 (en) * 2017-02-15 2018-08-23 Merck Patent Gmbh Hydrophilic compounds for optically active devices
WO2019017630A1 (en) * 2017-07-21 2019-01-24 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Composition for organic light emitting diode encapsulation and organic light emitting diode display manufactured therefrom
JP2019095613A (en) * 2017-11-24 2019-06-20 Jnc株式会社 Photosensitive monomer, optical alignment polymer, and film produced using the same
JP2019127559A (en) * 2018-01-26 2019-08-01 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Polymer compound, colorant dispersion and ink composition

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MOON, HYUNSIK ET AL.: "Synthesis and Properties of Photorefractive Polymers Containing Indole-Based Multi functional Chromophore as a Pendant Group", MACROMOLECULES, vol. 33, no. 14, 2000, pages 5116 - 5123, XP055686107 *
WRIGHT, MICHAEL E. ET AL.: "Organic NLO polymers. 5. Homopolymerization of indole based NLO-phore: a heterocycle X(2) NLO main-chain polymer", POLYMER PREPRINTS, vol. 35, 1994, pages 470 - 471, ISSN: 0032-3934 *

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021166578A1 (en) * 2020-02-18 2021-08-26 住友化学株式会社 Optical multilayer body
JP2021131532A (en) * 2020-02-18 2021-09-09 住友化学株式会社 Optical laminate
JP7193559B2 (en) 2020-02-18 2022-12-20 住友化学株式会社 optical laminate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2020026528A (en) 2020-02-20
KR20210041568A (en) 2021-04-15
TWI819053B (en) 2023-10-21
CN112566949A (en) 2021-03-26
CN112566949B (en) 2023-06-23
TW202017953A (en) 2020-05-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2019090005A (en) Resin and adhesive composition
TWI786140B (en) Optical film
JP7182913B2 (en) Adhesive sheet and film with adhesive layer
WO2019004047A1 (en) Adhesive composition and film with adhesive layer
CN110799616A (en) Adhesive composition and film with adhesive layer
WO2020031830A1 (en) Resin and pressure-sensitive adhesive composition
TWI756441B (en) Optical film
JP7456224B2 (en) adhesive composition
JP2019008295A (en) Optical film
WO2021132235A1 (en) Adhesive composition
WO2021131505A1 (en) Optical laminate and image display device
TW202122537A (en) Pressure-sensitive adhesive composition
JP2020164836A (en) Adhesive composition

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19846671

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19846671

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1